WO2024113553A1 - 一种充电盒 - Google Patents

一种充电盒 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024113553A1
WO2024113553A1 PCT/CN2023/083737 CN2023083737W WO2024113553A1 WO 2024113553 A1 WO2024113553 A1 WO 2024113553A1 CN 2023083737 W CN2023083737 W CN 2023083737W WO 2024113553 A1 WO2024113553 A1 WO 2024113553A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
charging box
shell assembly
upper shell
earphone
limiting member
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/083737
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
刘志青
张晨希
严泽腾
张浩锋
Original Assignee
深圳市韶音科技有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 filed Critical 深圳市韶音科技有限公司
Publication of WO2024113553A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024113553A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02E—REDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
    • Y02E60/00—Enabling technologies; Technologies with a potential or indirect contribution to GHG emissions mitigation
    • Y02E60/10—Energy storage using batteries

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of electronic devices, and in particular to a charging box for earphones.
  • Electronic devices have become an indispensable social and entertainment tool in people's daily lives, and people's requirements for electronic devices are getting higher and higher.
  • Electronic devices such as headphones have also been widely used in people's daily lives. They can be used in conjunction with terminal devices such as mobile phones and computers to provide users with an auditory feast.
  • terminal devices such as mobile phones and computers
  • headphones can generally be divided into air conduction headphones and bone conduction headphones; according to the way users wear headphones, they can generally be divided into headphones, ear-hook headphones and in-ear headphones; according to the way headphones interact with electronic devices, they can generally be divided into wired headphones and wireless headphones.
  • the headphones can be placed in a corresponding charging box for charging and storage in scenarios such as low power or not in use.
  • the structural strength of the charging box of the headphones is not sufficient to support its frequent opening or closing.
  • the present application provides a charging box, which includes a lower shell component, an upper shell component, and a rotating shaft mechanism connecting the upper shell component and the lower shell component, so that the charging box can be opened or closed.
  • the charging box further includes a limiting mechanism, which is used to limit the angle of rotation of the upper shell component relative to the lower shell component.
  • the limiting mechanism includes a first limiting member and a second limiting member, and the first limiting member and the second limiting member abut against each other when the upper shell assembly rotates to a preset angle relative to the lower shell assembly.
  • the preset angle ranges from 90° to 110°.
  • a slot is provided on the edge of the upper shell component close to the lower shell component, and the pivot mechanism includes a pivot bridged at both ends of the slot, and the upper shell component rotates around the pivot relative to the lower shell component, and the preset angle is smaller than the angle when the groove edge of the slot abuts against the outer wall of the lower shell component.
  • the rotating shaft mechanism includes a first fixed seat installed on the lower shell assembly and a second fixed seat installed on the upper shell assembly, the rotating shaft passes through the second fixed seat and the first fixed seat, the first limit member is connected to the first fixed seat, and the second limit member is connected to the second fixed seat.
  • the pivot mechanism includes a first fixed seat installed on the lower shell component and a second fixed seat installed on the upper shell component, the first limit member and the first fixed seat are integrally formed metal parts, and/or the second limit member and the second fixed seat are integrally formed metal parts.
  • an extension direction of the first limiting member is perpendicular to an extension direction of the second limiting member.
  • the extension direction of one of the first limiting member and the second limiting member is arranged along the axial direction of the rotating shaft, and the extension direction of the other one is arranged along the radial direction of the rotating shaft.
  • one of the first limit member and the second limit member is provided with a limit groove, and the other of the first limit member and the second limit member extends into the limit groove after the upper shell assembly is opened to a first angle relative to the lower shell assembly, and the first limit member or the second limit member abuts against the groove wall of the limit groove when the upper shell assembly is rotated relative to the lower shell assembly by a preset angle, and the first angle is less than the preset angle.
  • an angle between an extension direction of the first limiting member and an extension direction of the second limiting member is an obtuse angle.
  • the interior of the lower shell assembly is provided with two first support portions spaced axially along the rotating shaft and a first reinforcement portion located between the two first support portions, the two support portions are provided with first embedding grooves, the first fixing seat includes a first plate-like body, the first plate-like body is inserted into the first embedding grooves of the two first support portions toward the lower edge of the lower shell assembly, and the first plate-like body abuts against the first reinforcement portion.
  • the first plate-like body includes two first extension portions, the first reinforcement portion is located between the two first extension portions, a portion of the first extension portion protrudes from the upper edge of the first plate-like body away from the lower shell assembly, and is provided with a first shaft hole for the shaft to pass through; the first limit member is located at one end of the first extension portion away from the first plate-like body.
  • two second support portions spaced axially along the rotating shaft are provided inside the upper shell assembly, and second embedding grooves are provided on the two second support portions.
  • the second fixing seat includes a second plate-like body and two second extension portions. The second plate-like body is inserted into the second embedding grooves of the two second support portions toward the upper edge of the upper shell assembly, the second extension portion is connected to the second plate-like body and extends toward the slot, the second extension portion is provided with a second rotating shaft hole for the rotating shaft to pass through, and the second limiting member is provided on the second extension portion.
  • a second reinforcing portion is disposed inside the upper shell assembly at both ends of the slot, and the second extending portion includes a first sub-extending portion connected to the second reinforcing portion.
  • the beneficial effect of the present application is that by setting a limiting mechanism, the opening angle of the upper shell assembly relative to the lower shell assembly can be limited, thereby reducing the risk of damage to the shell structure of the charging box due to excessive rotation of the upper shell assembly, and the surface wear of the charging box caused by the abutment of the shell.
  • FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the front profile of the ear of a user described in the present application.
  • FIG2 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • FIG3 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application in a wearing state
  • FIG4 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • FIG5 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • FIG6 is a comparison diagram of frequency response curves measured at the same listening position when the movement module is located at different positions on the ear in an embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application;
  • FIG7 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of an embodiment of the earphone in FIG2 along the A1-A1 section direction;
  • FIG8 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of an embodiment of the earphone in FIG2 along the A2-A2 section direction;
  • FIG9 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • FIG10 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a movement housing provided by the present application.
  • FIG11 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a movement housing provided by the present application.
  • FIG12 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a bracket provided in the present application.
  • FIG13 is an enlarged structural diagram of the earphone embodiment in FIG8 in the B1 area
  • FIG14 is an enlarged structural diagram of the earphone embodiment in FIG8 in the B2 area
  • FIG15 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a hook-shaped structure provided by the present application.
  • FIG16 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an embodiment of the hook-shaped structure in FIG15 along the A3-A3 section direction;
  • FIG17 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of an embodiment of the hook-shaped structure in FIG15 along another cutting direction perpendicular to the A3-A3 cutting direction;
  • FIG18 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of an embodiment of the hook structure in FIG15;
  • FIG19 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a charging box provided in the present application.
  • FIG20 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the charging box in FIG19 after placing earphones in an embodiment
  • FIG21 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a charging box provided in the present application.
  • FIG22 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of an embodiment of the charging box in FIG21 after being closed along the A4-A4 section direction;
  • FIG23 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the charging box in FIG22;
  • FIG24 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of an embodiment of the charging box in FIG19 along the A5-A5 section direction;
  • FIG25 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the upper shell assembly of the charging box provided in the present application provided with a limiting member
  • FIG26 is a schematic structural diagram of the upper shell assembly in FIG25 provided with a limiting member from another perspective;
  • FIG27 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a charging box of the present application in an open state
  • FIG28 is a schematic diagram of the structural decomposition of an embodiment of a limiting mechanism in a charging box of the present application.
  • FIG29 is an unexploded partial structural schematic diagram of the embodiment of the limiting mechanism in FIG28;
  • FIG30 is a schematic diagram of the structure decomposition of another embodiment of the limiting mechanism in the charging box of the present application.
  • FIG31 is a schematic diagram of the unexploded partial structure of the embodiment of the limiting mechanism in FIG30;
  • FIG32 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure of the limiting structure in FIG31 along the A6-A6 cutting direction;
  • FIG33 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the charging box embodiment of the present application in a closed state
  • Figure 34 is a schematic diagram of the magnetic field simulation results at the Hall sensor of the charging box embodiment of the present application.
  • the user's ear 100 may include physiological parts such as the external auditory canal 101, the cavum concha 102, the cymba concha 103, the triangular fossa 104, the antihelix 105, the scaphoid 106, the helix 107, and the antitragus 108.
  • the external auditory canal 101 has a certain depth and extends to the eardrum of the ear, for the sake of ease of description and in conjunction with FIG1 , the external auditory canal 101 specifically refers to its entrance away from the eardrum (i.e., the ear hole) unless otherwise specified in this application.
  • the cavum concha 102, the cymba concha 103, the triangular fossa 104, and other physiological parts have a certain volume and depth.
  • the concha cavity 102 is directly connected to the external auditory canal 101, that is, the aforementioned ear hole can be simply regarded as being located at the bottom of the concha cavity 102.
  • a simulator containing a head and its (left and right) ears can be made based on ANSI: S3.36, S3.25 and IEC: 60318-7 standards, such as GRAS 45BC KEMAR. Therefore, in this application, descriptions such as “the user wears headphones", “the headphones are in a wearing state” and “in a wearing state” may refer to the headphones of this application being worn on the ears of the aforementioned simulator.
  • the headphones worn by different users there may be certain differences between the headphones worn by different users and the headphones worn on the ears of the aforementioned simulator, but such differences should be tolerated.
  • the sagittal plane refers to a plane perpendicular to the ground along the front-to-back direction of the body, which divides the human body into left and right parts
  • the coronal plane refers to a plane perpendicular to the ground along the left-to-right direction of the body, which divides the human body into front and back parts
  • the horizontal plane refers to a plane parallel to the ground along the up-down direction of the body, which divides the human body into upper and lower parts.
  • the sagittal axis refers to an axis along the front-to-back direction of the body and perpendicular to the coronal plane
  • the coronal axis refers to an axis along the left-to-right direction of the body and perpendicular to the sagittal plane
  • the vertical axis refers to an axis along the up-down direction of the body and perpendicular to the horizontal plane.
  • the "front side of the ear" in this application is a concept relative to the "back side of the ear". The former refers to the side of the ear away from the head, and the latter refers to the side of the ear facing the head. They are both for the user's ear. Among them, by observing the ear of the above simulator along the direction of the human coronal axis, a schematic diagram of the front side outline of the ear can be obtained as shown in Figure 1.
  • the earphone 10 may include a movement module 11 and a hook structure 12 connected to the movement module 11, the movement module 11 is located on the front side of the ear in the worn state, and at least part of the hook structure 12 is located on the back side of the ear in the worn state, so that the earphone 10 is hung on the ear in the worn state.
  • the movement module 11 may have a connecting end CE connected to the hook structure 12 and a free end FE not connected to the hook structure 12.
  • the movement module 11 can be configured not to block the external auditory canal in the worn state, so that the earphone 10 acts as an "open earphone".
  • the movement module 11 may partially block the external auditory canal, but the external auditory canal is still not blocked.
  • the earphone 10 may adopt any one of the following methods or a combination thereof.
  • at least a portion of the hook-shaped structure 12 is configured as a contoured structure that fits at least one of the back side of the ear and the head, so as to increase the contact area between the hook-shaped structure 12 and the ear and/or the head, thereby increasing the resistance of the earphone 10 to falling off from the ear.
  • At least a portion of the hook-shaped structure 12 is configured as an elastic structure so that it has a certain amount of deformation when being worn, so as to increase the positive pressure of the hook-shaped structure 12 on the ear and/or the head, thereby increasing the resistance of the earphone 10 to falling off from the ear.
  • at least a portion of the hook-shaped structure 12 is configured to abut against the head when being worn, so as to form a reaction force that presses the ear, so that the movement module 11 is pressed against the front side of the ear, thereby increasing the resistance of the earphone 10 to falling off from the ear.
  • the movement module 11 and the hook structure 12 are configured to clamp the antihelix area, the concha cavity area and other physiological parts from the front and back sides of the ear when worn, thereby increasing the resistance of the earphone 10 falling off the ear.
  • the movement module 11 or the auxiliary structure connected thereto is configured to at least partially extend into the concha cavity, the cymba concha, the triangular fossa and the scaphoid, thereby increasing the resistance of the earphone 10 falling off the ear.
  • the free end FE of the movement module 11 can extend into the concha cavity.
  • the movement module 11 and the hook structure 12 can be configured to clamp the ear region corresponding to the concha cavity from the front and rear sides of the ear region, thereby increasing the resistance of the earphone 10 to fall off the ear, thereby improving the stability of the earphone 10 in the wearing state.
  • the free end FE is pressed in the concha cavity in the thickness direction X; for another example, the free end FE abuts against the concha cavity in the length direction Y and the width direction Z.
  • the free end FE of the movement module 11 can not only extend into the concha cavity, but also be projected onto the antihelix, or onto the left and right sides of the head and located in front of the ear on the sagittal axis of the human body.
  • the hook-shaped structure 12 can support the movement module 11 to be worn in the concha cavity, the antihelix, the front of the ear, and other wearing positions.
  • the movement module 11 may have an inner side surface IS facing the ear and an outer side surface OS away from the ear along the thickness direction X in the wearing state, and a connecting surface connecting the inner side surface IS and the outer side surface OS.
  • the thickness direction X can be defined as the direction in which the movement module 11 approaches or moves away from the ear in the wearing state.
  • the aforementioned connecting surface is located in the concha cavity in the wearing state, and forms a first contact area with the front side of the above-mentioned ear area
  • the hook-shaped structure 12 forms a second contact area with the rear side of the above-mentioned ear area in the wearing state
  • the aforementioned second contact area and the aforementioned first contact area at least partially overlap in the ear thickness direction of the above-mentioned ear area.
  • the movement module 11 in the wearing state and observed along the direction of the coronal axis, can be set to a circular, elliptical, rounded square, rounded rectangle and other shapes.
  • the above-mentioned connection surface may refer to the arc-shaped side of the movement module 11; and when the movement module 11 is set to a rounded square, rounded rectangle and other shapes, the above-mentioned connection surface may include the lower side surface LS, upper side surface US and rear side surface RS mentioned later.
  • the movement module 11 may have a length direction Y and a width direction Z that are perpendicular to the thickness direction X and orthogonal to each other.
  • the length direction Y can be defined as the direction in which the movement module 11 is close to or away from the back of the user's head in the wearing state
  • the width direction Z can be defined as the direction in which the movement module 11 is close to or away from the user in the wearing state. Therefore, for the convenience of description, the present embodiment takes the case where the core module 11 is set to a rounded rectangle as an example for illustrative description.
  • the length of the core module 11 in the length direction Y can be greater than the width of the core module 11 in the width direction Z.
  • connection end CE is closer to the top of the head than the free end FE, so that the free end FE can extend into the concha cavity.
  • the angle between the length direction Y and the direction of the human sagittal axis can be between 15° and 60°.
  • the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 on a reference plane perpendicular to the length direction Y partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the free end FE on the same reference plane.
  • the overlapping area formed by the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 on the aforementioned reference plane and the orthographic projection of the free end FE on the same reference plane is located between the inner side surface IS and the outer side surface OS in the thickness direction X.
  • the clamping force formed is mainly manifested as compressive stress, which is beneficial to improve the stability and comfort of the earphone 10 when worn.
  • the hook-shaped structure 12 may include an elastic metal wire 121 connected to the movement module 11 and a battery housing 123 connected to one end of the elastic metal wire 121 away from the movement module 11 , a battery 14 coupled to the movement module 11 is arranged in the battery housing 123 , and the orthographic projection of the battery housing 123 on the above-mentioned reference plane partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the free end FE on the same reference plane. In this way, when the free end FE abuts against the concha cavity, the battery housing 123 can support the ear from the back side of the ear, which is conducive to improving the stability of the earphone 10 in the wearing state.
  • the battery housing 123 may include a cover shell 1231 connected to the elastic metal wire 121 and a battery compartment 1232 connected to the cover shell 1231 , and the battery compartment 1232 and the cover shell 1231 cooperate to form a cavity structure for accommodating the battery 14.
  • the core module 11 may have an upper side US facing away from the external auditory canal along the width direction Z and a lower side LS facing the external auditory canal in the wearing state, and a rear side RS connecting the upper side US and the lower side LS, the rear side RS being located at one end facing the back of the head in the length direction Y in the wearing state, and at least partially located in the concha cavity.
  • the edge of the positive projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 on the reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction X (such as the YZ plane in FIG.
  • the core module 11 can be divided into a first section S1 and a second section S2 with a continuous arc transition, and the dividing point DP between the first section S1 and the second section S2 is the position where the aforementioned edge is farthest from the upper side US along the width direction Z. Further, the overall bending degree of the hook-shaped structure 12 in the first section S1 is greater than the overall bending degree of the hook-shaped structure 12 in the second section S2. In this way, the free end FE is allowed to extend into the concha cavity, and the hook-shaped structure 12 can cooperate with the core module 11 to provide a suitable clamping force.
  • the above overall curvature can be used to qualitatively describe the curvature of different sections of the hook-shaped structure 12, wherein the curvature radius of each section can be a constant value or continuously variable. Therefore, there is at least one point in the first section S1 whose curvature radius is smaller than the curvature radius of any point in the second section S2. Furthermore, the above overall curvature can also be quantitatively characterized by an average curvature radius, that is, first find the curvature radius of N points on each section and then take the average value.
  • the length of the second section S2 can be greater than the length of the first section S1, so that the hook structure 12 and the movement module 11 can clamp the ear together and increase the contact area between the hook structure 12 and the user's skin, which is conducive to improving the stability of the earphone 10 when worn.
  • the earphone 10 has a first reference line segment RL1 parallel to the width direction Z, the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1 is the point where the first reference line segment RL1 intersects with the upper side US, and the end point of the first reference line segment RL1 is the dividing point DP.
  • the second reference line segment RL2, the third reference line segment RL3, and the fourth reference line segment RL4 mentioned later are successively farther and farther away from the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1 in the width direction Z.
  • the length of the first reference line segment RL1 can be between 13 mm and 20 mm.
  • the length of the first reference line segment RL1 is too small, it is easy to cause the free end FE to be unable to extend into the concha cavity, and the sound outlet hole 111a on the movement module 11 is too far away from the external auditory canal; if the length of the first reference line segment RL1 is too large, it is also easy to cause the free end FE to be unable to extend into the concha cavity, and the external auditory canal is blocked by the movement module 11.
  • such a configuration allows the free end FE to extend into the concha cavity, while ensuring that the sound outlet hole 111a on the movement module 11 is at a suitable distance from the external auditory canal, so that the user can hear more sound waves generated by the movement module 11 without blocking the external auditory canal.
  • the distance between the fifth intersection P5 and the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1 can be between 12 mm and 19 mm, and the distance between the sixth intersection P6 and the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1 can be between 12 mm and 19 mm. In this way, when the free end FE extends into the concha cavity and the sound outlet 111a on the movement module 11 has a suitable distance from the external auditory canal, the hook structure 12 can better fit the ear.
  • a fifth reference line segment RL5 with the shortest spacing along the length direction Y between the second segment S2 and the rear side surface RS, and the length of the fifth reference line segment RL5 can be between 2 mm and 3 mm. If the length of the fifth reference line segment RL5 is too short, it is easy to cause the clamping force of the movement module 11 and the hook structure 12 on the ear to be too large, causing discomfort when wearing; if the length of the fifth reference line segment RL5 is too long, it is easy to cause the clamping force of the movement module 11 and the hook structure 12 on the ear to be too small, causing unstable wearing. In other words, such a setting is to take into account the stability and comfort of the earphone 10 when wearing.
  • the fifth reference line segment RL5 is defined as follows: the point where the fifth reference line segment RL5 intersects with the rear side surface RS is used as the starting point of the fifth reference line segment RL5, and the point where the fifth reference line segment RL5 intersects with the second segment S2 is used as the end point of the fifth reference line segment RL5.
  • the movement module 11 may include a movement housing 111 connected to the hook structure 12 and a speaker 112 disposed in the movement housing 111.
  • the movement housing 111 is provided with a sound outlet 111a on the inner side (such as the inner side IS mentioned above) facing the ear in the wearing state, and the sound waves generated by the speaker 112 are propagated through the sound outlet 111a to facilitate transmission into the external auditory canal.
  • the sound outlet 111a can also be provided on the side of the movement housing 111 corresponding to the lower side LS, and can also be provided at the corner between the aforementioned inner side and the lower side LS.
  • the speaker 112 may include a magnetic circuit system, a voice coil extending into the magnetic circuit system, and a diaphragm connected to the voice coil.
  • the magnetic field generated after the voice coil is energized interacts with the magnetic field formed by the magnetic circuit system, thereby driving the diaphragm to produce mechanical vibrations, and then generating sound through the propagation of a medium such as air.
  • the earphone 10 may include a main control circuit board 13 disposed in the movement housing 111 and a battery 14 disposed at an end of the hook structure 12 away from the movement module 11, and the battery 14 and the speaker 112 are respectively coupled to the main control circuit board 13 to allow the battery 14 to power the speaker 112 under the control of the main control circuit board 13.
  • the battery 14 and the speaker 112 may also be both disposed in the movement housing 111, and the battery 14 may be closer to the connection end CE and the speaker 112 may be closer to the free end FE.
  • the concha cavity has a certain volume and depth, after the free end FE extends into the concha cavity, there can be a certain distance between the inner side IS of the movement housing 111 and the concha cavity.
  • the movement module 11 can cooperate with the concha cavity to form an auxiliary cavity connected to the external auditory canal in the worn state, and the sound outlet 111a is at least partially located in the aforementioned auxiliary cavity.
  • the sound waves generated by the speaker 112 and propagated through the sound outlet 111a will be restricted by the aforementioned auxiliary cavity, that is, the aforementioned auxiliary cavity can gather the sound waves so that the sound waves can be propagated more into the external auditory canal, thereby increasing the volume and sound quality of the sound heard by the user in the near field, which is conducive to improving the acoustic effect of the earphone 10.
  • the movement module 11 can be configured not to block the external auditory canal in the worn state, the aforementioned auxiliary cavity can be configured in a semi-open state.
  • the sound waves generated by the speaker 112 and propagated through the sound outlet 111a in addition to most of them being propagated to the external auditory canal, a small part is propagated to the earphone 10 and the outside of the ear through the gap between the movement module 11 and the ear (for example, the part of the concha cavity not covered by the movement module 11), thereby forming a first sound leakage in the far field;
  • the movement module 11 generally has an acoustic hole (such as the pressure relief hole 111c mentioned later), and the sound waves propagated through the aforementioned acoustic hole generally form a second sound leakage in the far field, and the phase of the aforementioned first sound leakage and the phase of the aforementioned second sound leakage are (close to) opposite to each other, so that the two can cancel each other out in anti-phase in the far field, which is beneficial to reduce the sound leakage of the earphone 10 in the far field.
  • the earphone 10 may include an adjustment mechanism connecting the movement module 11 and the hook structure 12. Different users can adjust the relative position of the movement module 11 on the ear through the adjustment mechanism when wearing the earphone, so that the movement module 11 is located at a suitable position, so that the movement module 11 and the concha cavity form the auxiliary cavity. In addition, due to the existence of the adjustment mechanism, the user can also adjust the earphone 10 to a more stable and comfortable position.
  • the earphone 10 is first worn on the simulator, and then the position of the movement module 11 on the ear of the simulator is adjusted, and then the frequency response curve of the earphone 10 is measured by a detector (e.g., a microphone) disposed in the external auditory canal of the simulator (e.g., the position of the eardrum, i.e., the listening position), thereby simulating the listening effect of the user wearing the earphone 10.
  • a detector e.g., a microphone
  • the aforementioned frequency response curve can be used to characterize the changing relationship between the vibration magnitude and the frequency; the abscissa of the aforementioned frequency response curve can represent the frequency, in Hz; the ordinate of the aforementioned frequency response curve can represent the vibration magnitude, in dB.
  • curve 6_1 can represent the frequency response curve when the movement module 11 does not form the aforementioned auxiliary cavity with the concha cavity in the wearing state, and curve 6_2 can represent the frequency response curve when the movement module 11 cooperates with the concha cavity to form the aforementioned auxiliary cavity in the wearing state.
  • the curve 6_2 is generally located above the curve 6_1, that is, compared with the case where the movement module 11 does not form the auxiliary cavity with the concha cavity in the wearing state, the case where the movement module 11 forms the auxiliary cavity with the concha cavity in the wearing state is more conducive to improving the acoustics of the earphone 10. Effect.
  • the movement module 11 may include a flexible insert 1131 disposed outside the movement housing 111 , and the hardness of the flexible insert 1131 is less than the hardness of the movement housing 111 .
  • the movement housing 111 may be a plastic part; the material of the flexible insert 1131 may be silicone, rubber, etc., and may be formed on a preset area of the movement housing 111 by injection molding. Further, the flexible insert 1131 may at least partially cover the area of the movement housing 111 corresponding to the free end FE, so that the movement module 11 at least partially abuts against the cavum concha through the flexible insert 1131 .
  • the portion of the movement housing 111 that extends into the cavum concha and contacts the cavum concha may be covered by the flexible insert 1131 .
  • the flexible insert 1131 acts as a buffer between the movement housing 111 and the ear (for example, the aforementioned ear area) to relieve the pressure of the earphone 10 on the ear, which is conducive to improving the comfort of the earphone 10 when worn.
  • the flexible insert 1131 can continuously cover at least part of the area of the core shell 111 corresponding to the rear side RS, the upper side US and the lower side LS.
  • the area of the core shell 111 corresponding to the rear side RS is covered by the flexible insert 1131 by more than 90%
  • the area of the core shell 111 corresponding to the upper side US and the lower side LS is covered by the flexible insert 1131 by about 30%. In this way, the comfort of the earphone 10 in the wearing state and the need to set structural parts such as the speaker 112 in the core shell 111 are taken into account.
  • the flexible insert 1131 when viewed along the thickness direction X, may be arranged in a U-shape.
  • the portion of the flexible insert 1131 corresponding to the lower side LS can be against the antitragus.
  • the thickness of the portion of the flexible insert 1131 corresponding to the rear side RS can be respectively smaller than the thickness of the portion of the flexible insert 1131 corresponding to the upper side US and the lower side LS, so that good comfort can be obtained when the movement module 11 is against an uneven position in the concha cavity.
  • the movement housing 111 may include a movement inner shell 1111 and a movement outer shell 1112 that are buckled together along the thickness direction X, and the movement inner shell 1111 is closer to the ear than the movement outer shell 1112 when worn.
  • the parting surface 111b between the movement outer shell 1112 and the movement inner shell 1111 is inclined toward the side where the movement inner shell 1111 is located in the direction close to the free end FE, so that the flexible insert 1131 can be arranged as much as possible in the area of the movement outer shell 111 corresponding to the free end FE.
  • the flexible inserts 1131 are all arranged in the area of the movement outer shell 111 corresponding to the free end FE, so as to simplify the structure of the movement module 11 and reduce the processing cost.
  • the movement module 11 may include a flexible coating 1132, and the hardness of the flexible coating 1132 is less than the hardness of the movement housing 111.
  • the movement housing 111 may be a plastic part; the material of the flexible coating 1132 may be silicone, rubber, etc., and may be formed on a preset area of the movement housing 111 by injection molding, glue connection, etc.
  • the flexible coating 1132 may be integrally covered on at least part of the outer surface of the flexible insert 1131 and at least part of the outer surface of the movement housing 1112 not covered by the flexible insert 1131, which is conducive to enhancing the consistency of the appearance of the movement module 11.
  • the flexible coating 1132 may further cover the outer surface of the movement inner shell 1111.
  • the hardness of the flexible insert 1131 is less than the hardness of the flexible coating 1132, so as to allow the flexible insert 1131 to be sufficiently soft.
  • the flexible coating 1132 can also improve the comfort of the earphone 10 when worn, and has a certain structural strength to protect the flexible insert 1131.
  • the area of the outer surface of the flexible insert 1131 can be between 126 mm2 and 189 mm2 .
  • the thickness of the flexible coating 1132 is less than the thickness of the movement housing 1112.
  • the movement module 11 may include metal functional patterns such as an antenna pattern 1141 and/or a touch pattern 1142 disposed between the movement housing 1112 and the flexible cover 1132.
  • the antenna pattern 1141 can be formed on the outside of the movement housing 1112 by means of laser direct structuring (LDS);
  • the touch pattern 1142 can be formed on the outside of the movement housing 1112 by means of laser direct structuring technology, or it can be a flexible touch circuit board pasted on the outside of the movement housing 1112.
  • the movement housing 1112 is provided with metallized holes connected to the antenna pattern 1141 and the touch pattern 1142, respectively.
  • the main control circuit board 13 since the main control circuit board 13 is arranged in the core housing 111, for example, the main control circuit board 13 is connected to the core housing 1112, the main control circuit board 13 can contact the inner wall of the corresponding metallized hole through elastic metal parts such as pogo-PIN, metal spring, etc., for example, the antenna pattern 1141 and the touch pattern 1142 are respectively connected to the pogo-PIN 131 and pogo-PIN 132 welded on the main control circuit board 13. Accordingly, the speaker 112 is located on the side of the main control circuit board 13 away from the core housing 1112.
  • the antenna pattern 1141 being arranged on the outer side of the movement housing 1112 can increase the distance between it and the main control circuit board 13, that is, increase the antenna clearance area, thereby increasing the anti-interference ability of the antenna pattern 1141;
  • the touch pattern 1142 being arranged on the outer side of the movement housing 1112 can shorten the distance between it and the external signal trigger source (such as the user's finger), that is, reduce the touch distance, thereby increasing the sensitivity of the touch pattern 1142 being triggered by the user.
  • the antenna pattern 1141 may surround the periphery of the touch pattern 1142 to fully utilize the space outside the core housing 1112.
  • the antenna pattern 1141 may be arranged in a U-shape, and the touch pattern 1142 may be arranged in a square shape.
  • the core module 11 may include a microphone 133 welded on the main control circuit board 13, and the microphone 133 may pick up user voice and ambient sound through a sound pickup through hole provided on the core housing 1112.
  • the main control circuit board 13 When the main control circuit board 13 is connected to the core housing 1112, the microphone 133 may be further pressed against the core housing 1112.
  • the movement inner shell 1111 may include a bottom wall 1113 and a first side wall 1114 connected to the bottom wall 1113
  • the movement outer shell 1112 may include a top wall 1115 and a second side wall 1116 connected to the top wall 1115
  • the second side wall 1116 and the first side wall 1114 are buckled with each other along the parting surface 111b, and the two can support each other.
  • the flexible insert 1131 is at least partially arranged on the outside of the second side wall 1116.
  • the flexible insert 1131 is not only disposed on the outer side of the second side wall 1116, but is also partially disposed on the outer side of the top wall 1115.
  • the sound outlet hole 111a can be disposed on the bottom wall 1113.
  • the sound outlet hole 111a can also be disposed on the side of the first side wall 1114 corresponding to the lower side surface LS, and can also be disposed at the corner between the first side wall 1114 and the bottom wall 1113.
  • the antenna pattern 1141 and the touch pattern 1142 and their respective metallized holes can be disposed on the top wall 1115, and the pickup through hole of the microphone 133 can also be disposed on the top wall 1115.
  • the movement housing 1112 may be provided with an embedding groove at least partially located on the second side wall 1116, and the flexible insert 1131 is embedded in the aforementioned embedding groove, so that the outer surface of the region of the movement housing 1112 not covered by the flexible insert 1131 is continuously transitioned to the outer surface of the flexible insert 1131.
  • the region where the flexible insert 1131 is located in FIG. 7 can be simply regarded as the aforementioned embedding groove.
  • the second side wall 1116 may include a first sub-side wall segment 1117 and a second sub-side wall segment 1118 connected to the first sub-side wall segment 1117, the first sub-side wall segment 1117 is closer to the top wall 1115 than the second sub-side wall segment 1118 in the thickness direction X, and the second sub-side wall segment 1118 protrudes toward the outside of the movement housing 111 compared to the first sub-side wall segment 1117.
  • the second side wall 1116 may have a stepped structure.
  • the main control circuit board 13 can be connected to the core housing 1112, for example, fixed on a hot melt column connected to the top wall 1115, and can partially overlap with the first sub-side wall section 1117 in the thickness direction X; the speaker 112 can partially overlap with the second sub-side wall section 1118 in the thickness direction X. In this way, it is beneficial to set a sufficiently large speaker 112 in the core housing 111, thereby enhancing the sound volume produced by the earphone 10.
  • the movement housing 111 may be provided with a pressure relief hole 111c, and the pressure relief hole 111c enables the space on the side of the speaker 112 facing the main control circuit board 13 to be connected to the external environment, that is, the air can freely enter and exit the aforementioned space. In this way, it is helpful to reduce the resistance of the diaphragm of the speaker 112 during the vibration process.
  • the pressure relief hole 111c can be facing the top of the head when worn, which is helpful to avoid the sound waves propagating through the pressure relief hole 111c from leaking sound (that is, the above-mentioned second leakage sound) being heard.
  • the aperture of the pressure relief hole 111c can be as large as possible, so that the resonant frequency of the second leakage sound is shifted to a higher frequency band (for example, a frequency range greater than 4kHz) as much as possible, which is helpful to further avoid the second leakage sound from being heard.
  • a higher frequency band for example, a frequency range greater than 4kHz
  • the movement housing 111 may be provided with a tuning hole 111d, and the tuning hole 111d makes the resonance frequency of the second sound leakage shift to a higher frequency band (for example, a frequency range greater than 4kHz) as much as possible, which is conducive to further avoiding the second sound leakage from being heard.
  • the area of the tuning hole 111d may be smaller than the area of the pressure relief hole 111c, so that the space on the side of the speaker 112 facing the main control circuit board 13 is more connected to the external environment through the pressure relief hole 111c.
  • the spacing between the sound outlet hole 111a and the pressure relief hole 111c in the width direction Z is greater than the spacing between the sound outlet hole 111a and the tuning hole 111d in the width direction Z, so as to avoid the sound waves propagated through the sound outlet hole 111a and the pressure relief hole 111c respectively from canceling each other out in the near field, which is conducive to increasing the volume of the sound propagated through the sound outlet hole 111a heard by the user.
  • the sound tuning hole 111d is closer to the connection end CE than the sound outlet hole 111a to increase the distance between the two in the length direction Y, thereby avoiding the anti-phase cancellation of the sound waves propagated through the sound outlet hole 111a and the sound tuning hole 111d in the near field, which is beneficial to increase the volume of the sound propagated through the sound outlet hole 111a heard by the user.
  • the sound outlet hole 111a, the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound adjustment hole 111d can be arranged on the movement inner shell 1111, for example, the sound outlet hole 111a is arranged on the bottom wall 1113 and the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound adjustment hole 111d are respectively arranged on the first side wall 1114.
  • the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound adjustment hole 111d can be respectively arranged on opposite sides of the first side wall 1114 along the width direction Z.
  • the sound outlet hole 111a, the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound adjustment hole 111d are all arranged on the movement inner shell 1111, the structure of the movement outer shell 1112 is simpler, which is conducive to reducing the processing cost.
  • the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound adjustment hole 111d are respectively arranged on the opposite sides of the first side wall 1114 along the width direction Z, the above-mentioned parting surface 111b can be symmetrically arranged about a reference plane perpendicular to the width direction Z, which is beneficial to improving the appearance quality of the movement module 11.
  • the movement module 11 may include a bracket 115 disposed in the movement housing 111, and the bracket 115 and the speaker 112 may be arranged to form an acoustic cavity 116, so that the acoustic cavity 116 is separated from other structures in the movement housing 111 (such as the main control circuit board 13, etc.), which is conducive to improving the acoustic performance of the movement module 11.
  • the movement housing 111 is provided with an acoustic hole, for example, the acoustic hole is at least one of the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound adjustment hole 111d, and the bracket 115 is provided with a connecting acoustic hole and the acoustic cavity.
  • the acoustic channel 1151 of the speaker 116 facilitates the communication between the acoustic cavity 116 and the external environment, that is, air can freely enter and exit the acoustic cavity 116, which is helpful to reduce the resistance of the diaphragm of the speaker 112 during the vibration process.
  • the bracket 115 cooperates with the movement housing 111 to form a first glue-containing groove 1171 surrounding at least a portion of the acoustic hole.
  • the first glue-containing groove 1171 contains a first glue for sealing the assembly gap between the bracket 115 and the movement housing 111, that is, waterproof sealing is performed by the first glue, which is conducive to preventing external sweat, rainwater and other droplets from invading the space where the main control circuit board 13 is located in the movement housing 111.
  • the present technical solution uses the first glue for waterproof sealing, which can save the aforementioned silicone sleeve in the related art, and is conducive to shortening the length of the part (including the acoustic channel 1151 and the acoustic hole) of the acoustic cavity 116 connected to the external environment, so that the resonant frequency of the leakage sound (that is, the second leakage sound) formed by propagating through the pressure relief hole 111c is shifted to a higher frequency band (for example, a frequency range greater than 4kHz) as much as possible, thereby further preventing the second leakage sound from being heard.
  • a higher frequency band for example, a frequency range greater than 4kHz
  • the first glue containing groove 1171 surrounds at least a portion of the pressure relief hole 111c; when the above-mentioned acoustic hole is a sound tuning hole 111d, the first glue containing groove 1171 surrounds at least a portion of the sound tuning hole 111d; when the above-mentioned acoustic holes are the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound tuning hole 111d, the first glue containing groove 1171 surrounds at least a portion of the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound tuning hole 111d respectively.
  • this application takes the above-mentioned acoustic holes as the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound tuning hole 111d, and the first glue containing groove 1171 surrounds at least a portion of the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound tuning hole 111d respectively as an example for exemplary description.
  • the first glue groove 1171 can surround the entire acoustic hole, that is, the first glue groove 1171 is a complete annular structure.
  • the bracket 115 may include an annular main body 1152 and a docking portion 1153 connected to the annular main body 1152.
  • the annular main body 1152 is sleeved on the periphery of the speaker 112 to form an acoustic cavity 116, and the acoustic channel 1151 runs through the docking portion 1153 and the annular main body 1152.
  • the docking portion 1153 is located between the annular main body 1152 and the core housing 111, and surrounds at least a portion of the above-mentioned acoustic hole, and the docking portion 1153 cooperates with the core housing 111 to form a first glue containing groove 1171.
  • the acoustic hole can be a pressure relief hole 111c and a sound adjustment hole 111d
  • two docking portions 1153 are correspondingly provided, and two first glue containing grooves 1171 are also correspondingly provided.
  • the docking portion 1153 cooperates with the first side wall 1114 to form the first glue containing groove 1171.
  • the bracket 115 is arranged in a ring shape, the speaker 112 is exposed toward the side of the main control circuit board 13, which is conducive to reducing the thickness of the movement module 11 in the thickness direction X.
  • a recessed area 1119 may be provided on the inner side of the movement housing 111, the acoustic hole may be provided at the bottom of the recessed area 1119, the movement module 11 may include an acoustic resistance net 118 provided in the recessed area 1119, and the docking portion 1153 presses the acoustic resistance net 118 on the bottom of the recessed area 1119.
  • the acoustic resistance net 118 can be pre-fixed at the bottom of the recessed area 1119 by double-sided tape or glue; the acoustic resistance net 118 can also be pre-fixed on the protective steel net first, and the aforementioned protective steel net is then pre-fixed at the bottom of the recessed area 1119 by double-sided tape or glue.
  • acoustic holes can be the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound adjustment hole 111d, two recessed areas 1119 are correspondingly provided, and two acoustic resistance nets 118 are also correspondingly provided.
  • the first glue can be further used to seal the assembly gap between the bracket 115 and the acoustic resistance net 118 and/or the assembly gap between the acoustic resistance net 118 and the movement housing 111 (such as the side wall of the recessed area 1119), which is conducive to further waterproof sealing.
  • the docking portion 1153 can be used to form the bottom wall and one side wall of the first adhesive containing groove 1171, and the core housing 111 can be used to form the other side wall of the first adhesive containing groove 1171.
  • the groove wall on the core housing 111 is arranged opposite to the groove wall on the docking portion 1153, so that the first adhesive containing groove 1171 has a certain width and depth.
  • the docking portion 1153 can be used to form one side wall of the first adhesive containing groove 1171, and the core housing 111 can be used to form the bottom wall and the other side wall of the first adhesive containing groove 1171; or, the docking portion 1153 can be used to form one side wall of the first adhesive containing groove 1171 and a part of the bottom wall, and the core housing 111 can be used to form the other side wall of the first adhesive containing groove 1171 and another part of the bottom wall.
  • the speaker 112 may include a body 1121 and an annular support 1122 arranged along the circumference of the body 1121, the lower end of the bracket 115 may be supported on the annular support 1122, the acoustic channel 1151 may be open on the side facing the annular support 1122, and the annular support 1122 further blocks the open part of the acoustic channel 1151.
  • it can be simply regarded as a part of the first glue groove 1171 surrounding the above-mentioned acoustic hole, so as to facilitate the subsequent use of methods such as glue dispensing process to fill glue in the first glue groove 1171.
  • the annular platform 1122 may include a first annular table 1123 and a second annular table 1124 arranged in a stepped shape, and the second annular table 1124 is arranged around the periphery of the first annular table 1123; a portion of the lower end of the bracket 115 can be supported on the first annular table 1123, and another portion of the lower end of the bracket 115 can form a spacing area with the second annular table 1124, so that the bracket 115, the annular platform 1122 and the movement shell 111 cooperate to form a second glue groove 1172, and the second glue groove 1172 contains a second glue for sealing the assembly gap between any two of the bracket 115, the annular platform 1122 and the movement shell 111, so as to perform the corresponding Waterproof seal.
  • the upper end of the bracket 115 can be placed on the body 1121 and cooperate with the body 1121 to form a third glue groove 1173, which contains a third glue for sealing the assembly gap between the bracket 115 and the body 1121 to perform corresponding waterproof sealing.
  • the following process steps may be included, and the order of all process steps may be adjusted as needed: 1) pre-fix the acoustic resistance net 118 at the bottom of the recessed area 1119 by double-sided adhesive; 2) fix the speaker 112 on the bottom wall 1113, and dispense glue to the assembly gap between the two, and the corresponding glue portion is accumulated on the second annular table 1124 of the speaker 112; 3) before the glue in step 2) is cured, fix the bracket 115 on the speaker 112, wherein the lower end of the bracket 115 supports On the first annular table 1123 of the speaker 112, the space between the lower end of the bracket 115 and the second annular table 1124 is also filled with glue, the docking portion 1153 of the bracket 115 presses the acoustic resistance net 118, and cooperates with the first side wall 1114 to form a first glue groove 1171, the upper end of the bracket 115 is placed on the main body 1121, and cooperates with the main body
  • the assembly gap between the lower end of the bracket 115 and the speaker 112 and the movement inner shell 1111 is very close to the first glue groove 1171, the assembly gap between the lower end of the bracket 115 and the speaker 112 and the movement inner shell 1111 can be simply regarded as a continuation of the first glue groove 1171, that is, the first glue groove 1171 and the second glue groove 1172 can be connected.
  • the hook-shaped structure 12 may include a transfer housing 122 connected to the movement module 11, and the transfer housing 122 may be pre-formed with a receiving cavity 124, and the earphone 10 may include an electronic component 15 subsequently installed in the receiving cavity 124.
  • the connection method between the transfer housing 122 and the movement module 11 may be one or a combination of assembly methods such as snap connection, welding, glue connection, threaded connection and screw connection.
  • the present technical solution is not only conducive to saving the space of the movement module 11, making it more compact and small in structure, but also conducive to simplifying the structure of the movement module 11, making it more efficient to assemble, and also conducive to reasonably arranging the relative positions of various structural components in the earphone 10, so that both the movement module 11 and the hook-shaped structure 12 can be fully utilized.
  • the adapter shell 122 is pre-formed with a accommodating cavity 124, which may mean that the accommodating cavity 124 is formed at the same time when the adapter shell 122 is molded, rather than being formed by processing after the adapter shell 122 is molded.
  • the adapter shell 122 is a plastic shell, and the corresponding accommodating cavity 124 can be obtained after the plastic shell is injection molded by setting a corresponding core.
  • the subsequent installation of the electronic component 15 in the accommodating cavity 124 may refer to the electronic component 15 and the adapter shell 122 being non-integrally molded structural parts.
  • the adapter shell 122 is a plastic shell, and the electronic component 15 is not integrally injection molded in the plastic shell by means of an insert.
  • the description of the adapter shell 122 pre-formed with a through hole 1251, a blind hole 1252 and a through hole 1253 mentioned in the following text is the same or similar to this, and will not be repeated here.
  • the accommodating cavity 124 can also be obtained by means of a drilling process after the adapter shell 122 is formed, and the through hole 1251, the blind hole 1252 and the through hole 1253 can also be obtained by means of a drilling process after the adapter shell 122 is formed.
  • the electronic component 15 can be coupled to the main control circuit board 13 to achieve electrical connection between the hook structure 12 and the movement module 11, and the adapter housing 122 can be plugged and fixed with the movement housing 111 to achieve structural connection between the hook structure 12 and the movement module 11, which is simple and reliable.
  • the aforementioned plug-in fixation can refer to one of the adapter housing 122 and the movement housing 111 partially extending into the other along the assembly direction and then plugged and fixed with the help of other limiting structures such as latches, and the assembly direction of the aforementioned limiting structure is not parallel to the aforementioned assembly direction; the aforementioned plug-in fixation can also refer to one of the adapter housing 122 and the movement housing 111 partially extending into the other, and can be plugged and fixed without the help of the aforementioned limiting structure.
  • the adapter housing 122 may be provided with a first snap-fit structure 1221, and the core housing 111 may be provided with a second snap-fit structure 1222.
  • the first snap-fit structure 1221 extends into the core housing 111, and is snap-fitted with the second snap-fit structure 1222, so that the adapter housing 122 is snap-fitted and fixed with the core housing 111.
  • the two are directly plugged and fixed without the aid of other limiting structures, which is simple and reliable.
  • the first snap-fit structure 1221 can be integrally provided on the adapter housing 122, and two can be relatively spaced apart in the thickness direction X; the second snap-fit structure 1222 can be integrally provided on the core inner shell 1111, and is provided one-to-one with the first snap-fit structure 1221.
  • the earphone 10 may include a flexible circuit board 16, which may be at least partially disposed in the accommodating cavity 124 to connect with the electronic component 15 and extend into the movement housing 111, so that the electronic component 15 is connected to the main control circuit board 13 through the flexible circuit board 16.
  • the electronic component 15 is welded to one end of the flexible circuit board 16 by means of surface mount technology (SMT), and the other end of the flexible circuit board 16 and the main control circuit board 13 are buckled by means of a BTB connector.
  • SMT surface mount technology
  • the speaker 112 may be arranged to be connected to the flexible circuit board 16 on the extension path of the flexible circuit board 16, for example, the lead of the speaker 112 is welded on the corresponding area of the flexible circuit board 16, so that the speaker 112 is also connected to the main control circuit board 13 through the flexible circuit board 16, so that the lead of the speaker 112 does not need to be extended to connect with the main control circuit board 13, which is conducive to simplifying the wiring structure of the earphone 10 and reducing the production cost.
  • the transfer housing 122 may be pre-formed with a through hole 1251 communicating with the accommodating cavity 124, and the electronic component 15 may include an electrode terminal 151 at least partially disposed in the through hole 1251, and the electrode terminal 151 may be a pogo-PIN
  • This type of retractable elastic component can also be a non-retractable rigid component such as a metal column.
  • the aperture of the through hole 1251 can be larger than the outer diameter of the electrode terminal 151 to facilitate the subsequent installation of the electrode terminal 151.
  • the electrode terminal 151 can also be integrally formed with the adapter shell 122 in the form of an insert.
  • the electrode terminal 151 can be oriented toward the ear when worn, so that it is invisible when worn, which is conducive to improving the appearance quality of the headset 10 when worn.
  • the extension direction of the electrode terminal 151 can be its retractable direction; and when the electrode terminal 151 is configured as a non-retractable rigid component such as a metal column, the extension direction of the electrode terminal 151 can be the direction of its axis.
  • a plurality of electrode terminals 151 may be provided according to actual usage requirements, for example, for charging, detection, etc.
  • the electrode terminal 151 may include a positive charging terminal 1511 and a negative charging terminal 1512 that are spaced apart from each other, and the positive charging terminal 1511 and the negative charging terminal 1512 may be respectively disposed in respective through holes 1251, so that the earphone 10 can be charged through the electrode terminal 151.
  • the positive charging terminal 1511 and the negative charging terminal 1512 may be disposed on the adapter housing 122, and the other may be disposed on other housings in the hook structure 12, such as the battery housing 123, or on the movement inner housing 1111.
  • the electrode terminal 151 may include a detection terminal 1513 spaced apart from the positive charging terminal 1511 and the negative charging terminal 1512, and the detection terminal 1513 may be used to perform detection functions such as charging detection, detection of the earphone 10 being placed in or taken out of the charging box, etc.
  • the detection terminal 1513 may also be replaced by an electronic component such as a Hall sensor.
  • the connecting lines between the positive charging terminal 1511 , the negative charging terminal 1512 , and the detection terminal 1513 may form a triangle, such as an equilateral triangle.
  • the positive charging terminal 1511, the negative charging terminal 1512, and the detection terminal 1513 can be arranged in a line segment spaced apart from each other, for example, in a straight line segment.
  • the distance between the positive charging terminal 1511 and the negative charging terminal 1512 can be greater than the distance between the negative charging terminal 1512 and the detection terminal 1513.
  • the negative charging terminal 1512 is located between the positive charging terminal 1511 and the detection terminal 1513, and the distance between the positive charging terminal 1511 and the negative charging terminal 1512 is greater than the distance between the negative charging terminal 1512 and the detection terminal 1513; for another example, the detection terminal 1513 is located between the positive charging terminal 1511 and the negative charging terminal 1512.
  • a boss 126 may be provided on the outside of the adapter housing 122, and a through hole 1251 further penetrates the boss 126, so that a plurality of electrode terminals 151 are exposed at the boss 126.
  • the boss 126 makes the uneven part of the adapter housing 122 due to a certain curvature become flat, so as to facilitate the arrangement of the electrode terminal 151.
  • the positive charging terminal 1511, the negative charging terminal 1512 and the detection terminal 1513 may be arranged in sequence along the length direction of the boss 126.
  • the hook structure 12 may include a magnet 127, and the magnet 127 and the electrode terminal 151 may be exposed on the same side of the transfer housing 122, that is, both may be visible on the same side surface of the transfer housing 122, so that the magnet 127 is closer to the outside world to which the exposed end of the electrode terminal 151 faces, thereby shortening the distance between the magnet 127 and the magnetic attraction structure used to cooperate with the magnet 127 in a charging device such as a charging box or the distance between the Hall sensor used to cooperate with the magnet 127, which is conducive to improving the reliability of functions such as charging and detection.
  • the magnet 127 and the electrode terminal 151 may be arranged adjacent to each other to allow the magnet 127 to cooperate with the magnetic attraction structure in a charging device such as a charging box, so that the electrode terminal 151 cooperates with the electrode terminal in the charging device to facilitate charging.
  • the boss 126 may protrude from the transfer housing 122 around the magnet 127, that is, the magnet 127 may be lower than the boss 126, so that the electrode terminal 151 may contact the electrode terminal in a charging device such as a charging box.
  • the magnet 127 is disposed adjacent to the electrode terminal 151, and the electrode terminal in a charging device such as a charging box that is used to cooperate with the electrode terminal 151 can also be disposed adjacent to the aforementioned Hall sensor. This is beneficial in reducing the area in a charging device such as a charging box that is used to carry the aforementioned electrode terminal and the aforementioned Hall sensor.
  • the hook structure 12 may include a flexible coating 128, and the hardness of the flexible coating 128 is less than the hardness of the adapter shell 122.
  • the adapter shell 122 may be a plastic part; the material of the flexible coating 128 may be silicone, rubber, etc., and may be formed on the adapter shell 122 by injection molding, glue connection, etc.
  • the flexible coating 128 may cover the adapter shell 122 and the magnet 127, so that the magnet 127 is not exposed and the electrode terminal 151 is exposed, that is, the magnet 127 is invisible and the electrode terminal 151 is visible. In this way, the use requirements of the electrode terminal 151 can be met, and the magnet 127 can be shielded to prevent it from being exposed and worn or affecting the appearance quality.
  • the flexible coating 128 is also conducive to improving the comfort of the earphone 10 when wearing. Among them, the thickness of the flexible coating 128 is less than the thickness of the adapter shell 122.
  • the adapter housing 122 may be pre-formed with a blind hole 1252 that is not connected to the accommodating chamber 124, so as to increase the waterproof and dustproof performance of the accommodating chamber 124.
  • the magnet 127 may be at least disposed in the blind hole 1252 and exposed through the open end of the blind hole 1252. In this way, it is not only helpful to reduce the thickness of the adapter housing 122 in the area where the magnet 127 is located, but also helpful to improve the appearance quality of the earphone 10 in the area where the magnet 127 is located.
  • the blind hole 1252 may also be configured as a through hole.
  • the plurality of electrode terminals 151 may be spaced apart from each other. Arranged in a line segment, such as a straight line segment or a broken line segment.
  • the magnet 127 can be located on any side of the aforementioned line segment, or the magnet 127 intersects with the aforementioned line segment and is at least partially located between any two adjacent electrode terminals 151.
  • the number of magnets 127 is one, and the magnet 127 is located as a whole on one side of the aforementioned line segment, or intersects with the aforementioned line segment and is located as a whole between any two adjacent electrode terminals 151.
  • the number of magnets 127 is two, one magnet 127 is located as a whole on one side of the aforementioned line segment, and the other magnet 127 is located as a whole on the other side of the aforementioned line segment.
  • the number of magnets 127 is one, a part of the magnet 127 intersects with the aforementioned line segment and is located between any two adjacent electrode terminals 151, and the other part is located below the electrode terminal 151 in the aforementioned extension direction.
  • the plurality of electrode terminals 151 may include a charging positive terminal 1511, a charging negative terminal 1512, and a detection terminal 1513 arranged in a straight line segment.
  • the magnet 127 may be located on one side of the aforementioned straight line segment. Further, along the extension direction of the electrode terminal 151, the center of the magnet 127 has a first distance, a second distance, and a third distance from the center of the charging positive terminal 1511, the charging negative terminal 1512, and the detection terminal 1513, respectively, and the third distance is greater than the first distance and the second distance, respectively, to prioritize the reliability of charging.
  • the flexible coating 128 may be removed first.
  • the electronic component 15 may include an electrode terminal 151 and a microphone 152, and the adapter housing 122 may be pre-formed with a through hole 1251 and a through hole 1253 that are connected to the accommodating cavity 124 and the accommodating cavity 124, respectively.
  • the through hole 1251 and the through hole 1253 may be located on different side walls of the adapter housing 122.
  • the electrode terminal 151 may be at least partially disposed in the through hole 1251
  • the microphone 152 may be disposed in the accommodating cavity 124, and pick up the sound outside the earphone 10 (such as user voice, environmental sound) through the through hole 1253.
  • the earphone 10 may include a support assembly 17 at least partially disposed in the accommodating cavity 124, and the support assembly 17 may respectively support and fix the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152 on the side walls corresponding to the through hole 1251 and the through hole 1253. In this way, it is not only helpful to prevent the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152 from being separated from the adapter housing 122, but also helpful to increase the waterproof and dustproof performance of the electronic component 15, and the structure is simple and reliable.
  • the flexible circuit board 16 may include a first circuit board portion 161, a second circuit board portion 162, and a third circuit board portion 163 of an integrated structure, the electrode terminal 151 is welded to the first circuit board portion 161, the second circuit board portion 162 is bent relative to the first circuit board portion 161, and the microphone 152 is welded to the third circuit board portion 163 and bent relative to the second circuit board portion 162.
  • the first circuit board portion 161, the second circuit board portion 162, and the third circuit board portion 163 may correspond to three adjacent sides of the hexagonal structure.
  • one end of the second circuit board portion 162 away from the third circuit board portion 163 is connected to the first circuit board portion 161, and the other parts are not connected to the first circuit board portion 161.
  • the operator is allowed to first press the end of the second circuit board portion 162 connected to the first circuit board portion 161 to make it as flush as possible with the first circuit board portion 161 to avoid the support component 17 that is assembled subsequently.
  • the transfer housing 122 may include two housings whose parting surfaces are perpendicular to the extension direction of the electrode terminal 151, and the two housings are buckled together to form a receiving cavity 124.
  • the support assembly 17 may be integrally formed with one of the housings to respectively support (or press) the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152 when the two housings are buckled together.
  • At least one of the first support member for supporting the electrode terminal 151 and the second support member for supporting the microphone 152 in the support assembly 17 may be independent of the transfer housing 122 to respectively support (or press) the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152 when the two housings are buckled together, or the support assembly 17 may be assembled after the two housings are buckled together to respectively support (or press) the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152.
  • At least the portion of the adapter housing 122 corresponding to the accommodating cavity 124 is a complete housing structure.
  • at least the first support member of the support assembly 17 for supporting the electrode terminal 151 and the second support member for supporting the microphone 152 can be independent of the adapter housing 122 to at least facilitate the assembly of the electrode terminal 151.
  • the support assembly 17 can be independent of the adapter housing 122 and inserted into the accommodating cavity 124.
  • the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152 can be independent of the adapter housing 122, they can be assembled in a certain sequence, which is conducive to avoiding unnecessary interference in the structure and making the assembly efficiency higher.
  • the first support member for supporting the electrode terminal 151 and the second support member for supporting the microphone 152 in the support assembly 17 can be independent of the adapter housing 122, that is, the first support member and the second support member are independent of each other to respectively support (or press) the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152. In this way, the first support member and the second support member in the support assembly 17 can be designed differently according to actual needs.
  • the support component 17 can be an integrally formed structural member, that is, the first support member for supporting the electrode terminal 151 and the second support member for supporting the microphone 152 in the support component 17 are connected to each other, which is not only conducive to simplifying the structure of the support component 17, but also helps to avoid the first support member and the second support member being too small to be difficult to assemble.
  • the support component 17 can be tightly fixed with the cavity wall of the accommodating cavity 124 after being inserted into place, that is, the support component 17 has a certain damping during the insertion or removal process, and the structure is simple and reliable.
  • the cavity wall of the accommodating cavity 124 can be provided with guide grooves and limit grooves that cooperate with the support component 17.
  • the support component 17 can also The adhesive is further glued to the cavity wall of the accommodating cavity 124 by means of a glue dispensing process.
  • the dimensions of at least part of the support assembly 17 and the accommodating cavity 124 in at least one reference direction perpendicular to the insertion direction of the support assembly 17 relative to the accommodating cavity 124 can be set to gradually decrease along the aforementioned insertion direction, so that the support assembly 17 can be extended into the spacing area between the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152.
  • the dimensions of at least part of the support assembly 17 in at least one reference direction perpendicular to the aforementioned insertion direction can be set to gradually decrease along the aforementioned insertion direction
  • the dimensions of at least part of the accommodating cavity 124 in the same reference direction can be set to gradually decrease along the aforementioned insertion direction
  • the change trends of the two are the same or similar, which is conducive to the support assembly 17 being tightly matched and fixed with the cavity wall of the accommodating cavity 124 after being inserted into place.
  • the cavity wall of the accommodating cavity 124 may include a first cavity wall 1241 and a second cavity wall 1242 arranged side by side and spaced apart from each other, and a third cavity wall 1243 connecting the first cavity wall 1241 and the second cavity wall 1242.
  • the through hole 1251 may be arranged on the first cavity wall 1241, and the through hole 1253 may be arranged on the third cavity wall 1243.
  • the supporting assembly 17 may include a bottom plate 171 and a first side plate 172 connected to the bottom plate 171, for example, in an L-shaped structure.
  • One side main surface of the bottom plate 171 may be arranged opposite to the first cavity wall 1241 and support the electrode terminal 151; one side main surface of the first side plate 172 may be arranged opposite to the third cavity wall 1243 and support the microphone 152.
  • the support assembly 17 is inserted into the accommodating cavity 124 along the above-mentioned insertion direction and after being inserted into place, the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152 can be supported respectively by the bottom plate 171 and the first side plate 172.
  • the orthographic projection of the microphone 152 on the first cavity wall 1241 may cover at least a portion of the electrode terminal 151 , for example, the microphone 152 covers a portion of the positive charging terminal 1511 , which is conducive to a more compact structure of each part.
  • the size of at least part of the bottom plate 171 and the accommodating cavity 124 in the first reference direction RD1 perpendicular to the insertion direction and parallel to the main surface of one side of the bottom plate 171 can be set to gradually decrease along the insertion direction, that is, one of the front end and the rear end of the bottom plate 171 in the insertion direction or the part between the front end and the rear end can be set to keep the size in the first reference direction RD1 unchanged along the insertion direction.
  • the size of the first side plate 172 and the accommodating cavity 124 in the second reference direction RD2 perpendicular to the insertion direction and parallel to the main surface of one side of the first side plate 172 can be set to remain unchanged along the insertion direction.
  • the size of at least part of the first side plate 172 and the accommodating cavity 124 in the second reference direction RD2 perpendicular to the insertion direction and parallel to the main surface of one side of the first side plate 172 can be set to gradually decrease along the insertion direction, that is, one of the front end and the rear end of the first side plate 172 in the insertion direction or the part between the front end and the rear end can be set to keep the size in the second reference direction RD2 unchanged along the insertion direction.
  • the size of the bottom plate 171 and the accommodating cavity 124 in the first reference direction RD1 perpendicular to the insertion direction and parallel to the main surface of one side of the bottom plate 171 can be set to remain unchanged along the insertion direction.
  • the dimensions of at least a portion of the first side plate 172 and the accommodating cavity 124 in a second reference direction RD2 perpendicular to the above-mentioned insertion direction and parallel to the main surface of one side of the first side plate 172 can be set to gradually decrease along the above-mentioned insertion direction
  • the dimensions of at least a portion of the first side plate 172 and the accommodating cavity 124 in a second reference direction RD2 perpendicular to the above-mentioned insertion direction and parallel to the main surface of one side of the first side plate 172 can be set to gradually decrease along the above-mentioned insertion direction.
  • the size of the bottom plate 171 in the first reference direction RD1 can be simply regarded as the width of the bottom plate 171
  • the size of the first side plate 172 in the second reference direction RD2 can be simply regarded as the height of the first side plate 172 .
  • the support assembly 17 may include a second side plate 173 connected to the bottom plate 171, the second side plate 173 and the first side plate 172 are arranged side by side and at intervals on the same side of the bottom plate 171, and the second side plate 173 abuts against the second cavity wall 1242 to provide the bottom plate 171 with a supporting force toward the electrode terminal 151, which is conducive to improving the supporting effect of the support assembly 17 on the electrode terminal 151.
  • the second side plate 173 may be located between the charging positive terminal 1511 and the charging negative terminal 1512, so that each part of the electrode terminal 151 is subjected to uniform force, which is conducive to further improving the supporting effect of the support assembly 17 on the electrode terminal 151.
  • the cavity wall of the accommodating cavity 124 may include a fourth cavity wall 1244 connecting the first cavity wall 1241 and the second cavity wall 1242 and opposite to the third cavity wall 1243.
  • the first cavity wall 1241 and the second cavity wall 1242 can be generally arranged as a planar structure parallel to each other, and the third cavity wall 1243 and the fourth cavity wall 1244 can be generally arranged as an arc surface structure expanding outward from each other, so as to maximize the volume of the accommodating cavity 124 when the volume of the transfer housing 122 is limited.
  • the support assembly 17 may include a third side plate 174 connected to the bottom plate 171, the first side plate 172 and the third side plate 174 are respectively located at the two side edges of the bottom plate 171 in a direction perpendicular to the above-mentioned insertion direction, and the second side plate 173 is located between the first side plate 172 and the third side plate 174.
  • the third side plate 174 abuts against the fourth cavity wall 1244 to provide a supporting force for the first side plate 172 toward the microphone 152 , which is beneficial to improve the supporting effect of the supporting assembly 17 on the microphone 152 .
  • the height of the second side plate 173 can be greater than the height of the first side plate 172 and the height of the third side plate 174, so that the second side plate 173 can abut against the second cavity wall 1242, and the third side plate 174 can abut against the fourth cavity wall 1244.
  • the support assembly 17 can include a reinforcing rib 175 connecting the second side plate 173 and the bottom plate 171.
  • the reinforcing rib 175 can be set The second side plate 173 faces opposite sides of the first side plate 172 and the third side plate 174 .
  • the hook structure 12 may include an elastic metal wire 121, a transfer housing 122, a battery housing 123 and a wire 129, and the two ends of the elastic metal wire 121 and the wire 129 may be connected to the transfer housing 122 and the battery housing 123, respectively, so that the wire 129 extends along the elastic metal wire 121 and is inserted into the transfer housing 122 and the battery housing 123.
  • the wire 129 may also be inserted into the preset threading channel after the elastic metal wire 121 is connected to the transfer housing 122 and the battery housing 123.
  • the battery 14 may be arranged in the battery housing 123, and may be connected to the flexible circuit board 16 through the wire 129, so that the battery 14 is also connected to the main control circuit board 13 through the flexible circuit board 16, which is conducive to simplifying the wiring structure of the earphone 10 and reducing the production cost.
  • components such as the electrode terminal 151, the microphone 152 and the battery 14 in the hook structure 12 can be connected to the main control circuit board 13 through the flexible circuit board 16.
  • the flexible covering layer 128 may further cover at least the exposed parts of the elastic metal wire 121 and the wire 129 , and at least a part of the battery 123 , so that the wire 129 is exposed, which is beneficial to improving the appearance quality of the earphone 10 .
  • the adapter shell 122 can also be used as a part of the structure of the movement shell 111, for example, the adapter shell 122 is integrally formed with the movement inner shell 1111, and another example is that a part of the adapter shell 122 is integrally formed with the movement inner shell 1111 and the remaining part is integrally formed with the movement outer shell 1112.
  • other parts of the hook structure 12 except the adapter shell 122 such as the end of the elastic metal wire 121 away from the battery shell 123, and another example is the battery shell 123, are fixedly connected to the movement module 11 with the adapter shell 122 at the adapter shell 122, such as plug-in fixation.
  • structural components such as the electrode terminal 151, the microphone 152 and the magnet 127 are also adjusted in position accordingly, which will not be repeated here.
  • the present application provides a shell component, which may include a plastic shell, a metal functional pattern and a silicone coating, wherein the metal functional pattern is arranged on the outside of the plastic shell, and the silicone coating may be covered on the side of the metal functional pattern away from the plastic shell and on the plastic shell not covered by the metal functional pattern by integral injection molding, glue connection, etc.
  • the metal functional pattern is arranged on the outer side of the plastic shell facing the silicone coating, so that it is further away from the interference of other electronic components in the shell component, or closer to the signal trigger source outside the shell component, thereby increasing the anti-interference and sensitivity of the metal functional pattern.
  • the structure of the plastic shell may be the same or similar to that of the movement shell 111 or its movement shell 1112
  • the structure of the silicone coating may be the same or similar to that of the flexible coating 1132, which will not be repeated here.
  • the metal functional pattern can be configured as an antenna pattern 1141 or a touch pattern 1142.
  • the antenna pattern 1141 is configured on the outside of the plastic housing, which can increase the distance between the antenna pattern 1141 and other electronic components in the plastic housing, that is, increase the antenna clearance area, thereby increasing the anti-interference performance of the antenna pattern 1141;
  • the touch pattern 1142 is configured on the outside of the plastic housing, which can shorten the distance between the touch pattern 1142 and an external signal trigger source (such as a user's finger), that is, shorten the touch distance, thereby increasing the sensitivity of the touch pattern 1142 to be triggered by the user.
  • the metal functional pattern may include an antenna pattern 1141 and a touch pattern 1142.
  • the antenna pattern 1141 may surround the periphery of the touch pattern 1142 to fully utilize the space outside the plastic housing.
  • the antenna pattern 1141 may be U-shaped, and the touch pattern 1142 may be square.
  • the thickness of the silicone coating may be smaller than the thickness of the plastic housing, so that the silicone coating shields and protects the metal functional pattern while further increasing the anti-interference and sensitivity of the metal functional pattern and reducing the volume of the housing assembly.
  • the housing assembly can be used as a core housing for accommodating the speaker 112.
  • the relative positional relationship between the plastic housing and the plastic coating can be the same or similar to that between the core housing 111 and the flexible coating 1132, and will not be described in detail.
  • the shell assembly can also be applied to other electronic devices such as smart glasses.
  • the electronic device may include a movement module provided with a speaker 112, and may also include a main control circuit board 13, and a speaker 112 and a battery 14 respectively coupled to the main control circuit board 13; the shell assembly can be used to accommodate at least one of the electronic components such as the speaker 112, the main control circuit board 13 and the battery 14, and can also be used to support the speaker 112 in the electronic device to be located in the corresponding wearing position.
  • the speaker 112 can be adaptively adjusted to a bone conduction speaker.
  • the basic structure of the bone conduction speaker is well known to those skilled in the art and will not be repeated here.
  • the present application provides a shell assembly, which may include a first shell, an electrode terminal 151, a magnet 127 and a flexible coating 128.
  • the electrode terminal 151 and the magnet 127 are exposed on the same side of the first shell, and the hardness of the flexible coating 128 is less than that of the first shell, and covers the first shell and the magnet 127, so that the magnet 127 is not exposed and the electrode terminal 151 is exposed.
  • the technical solution makes the magnet 127 closer to the outside world to which the exposed end of the electrode terminal 151 faces, thereby shortening the distance between the magnet 127 and the magnetic attraction structure used to cooperate with the magnet 127 in the charging device such as the charging box or the distance between the Hall sensor used to cooperate with the magnet 127, which is conducive to improving the reliability of functions such as charging and detection. Therefore, the shell assembly can be applied to both power receiving devices such as headphones 10 and smart glasses, and charging devices such as charging boxes.
  • the electronic device can be either a power receiving device or a charging device.
  • the first shell can be a transfer shell 122.
  • the first housing may be provided with a through hole 1251 and a blind hole 1252
  • the electrode terminal 151 may be at least partially disposed in the through hole 1251
  • the magnet 127 may be at least partially disposed in the blind hole 1252 and exposed through the open end of the blind hole 1252.
  • the blind hole 1252 can also be set as a through hole.
  • a boss 126 may be provided on the outside of the first shell, the boss 126 is provided adjacent to the magnet 127 and protrudes from the first shell around the magnet 127, and the through hole 1251 further penetrates the boss 126, so that the plurality of electrode terminals 151 are exposed at the boss 126.
  • the boss 126 makes the uneven part of the first shell due to a certain curvature become flat, so as to facilitate the arrangement of the electrode terminal 151.
  • the boss 126 can be provided in a long strip shape, which is simple and reliable in structure.
  • the housing assembly may include a flexible circuit board 16, and the electrode terminal 151 is connected to the flexible circuit board 16 to simplify the routing of the electrode terminal 151.
  • the first housing may be formed with a receiving cavity 124, and at least part of the flexible circuit board 16 may be disposed in the receiving cavity 124.
  • the through hole 1251 is connected to the receiving cavity 124, and the blind hole 1252 is not connected to the receiving cavity 124, so as to improve the waterproof and dustproof performance of the first housing.
  • the housing assembly may include a second housing, an elastic wire 121, and a wire 129, and the two ends of the elastic wire 121 and the wire 129 may be connected to the first housing and the second housing, respectively, so that the wire 129 extends along the elastic wire 121 and is inserted into the first housing and the second housing.
  • the second housing may be a battery housing 123.
  • a battery 14 is disposed in the second housing, and the battery 14 is connected to the flexible circuit board 16 through the wire 129, that is, the battery 14 and the electrode terminal 151 are both connected to the flexible circuit board 16 to simplify the wiring.
  • the flexible coating 128 at least further covers the elastic wire 121 and the wire 129, so that the wire 129 is exposed.
  • the housing assembly can be used for the earphone 10 and can include a third housing for accommodating the speaker 112 , the third housing being plugged and fixed to the first housing.
  • the third housing can be the core housing 111 .
  • the present application provides a housing assembly, which may include a first housing, an electrode terminal 151, a microphone 152, and a support assembly 17.
  • the first housing may be provided with a housing cavity 124, and through holes 1251 and 1253 respectively connected to the housing cavity 124, the through holes 1251 and 1253 are located on different side walls of the first housing, the electrode terminal 151 may be at least partially disposed in the through hole 1251, the microphone 152 may be disposed in the housing cavity 124, and pick up the sound outside the housing assembly through the through hole 1253.
  • the support assembly 17 may be disposed in the housing cavity 124, and may support and fix the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152 on the side walls corresponding to the through hole 1251 and the through hole 1253, respectively.
  • the first shell may be the adapter shell 122 , the core shell 111 , or a shell structure in which the core shell 111 and the adapter shell 122 are integrally formed.
  • the support assembly 17 may be independent of the first shell and inserted into the accommodating cavity 124 .
  • the support assembly 17 may be an integrally formed structure.
  • the housing assembly can be used for the earphone 10 and can include a third housing for accommodating the speaker 112 , and the third housing is plugged and fixed to the first housing.
  • the first housing can be the adapter housing 122
  • the third housing can be the core housing 111 .
  • the shell assembly can also be applied to other electronic devices such as smart glasses.
  • the electronic device may include a main control circuit board 13, and a speaker 112 and a battery 14 respectively coupled to the main control circuit board 13; the shell assembly can be used to accommodate at least one of the electronic components such as the speaker 112, the main control circuit board 13 and the battery 14, and can also be used to support the speaker 112 in the electronic device to be located in the corresponding wearing position.
  • the speaker 112 can be adaptively adjusted to a bone conduction speaker.
  • the basic structure of the bone conduction speaker is well known to those skilled in the art and will not be repeated here.
  • the earphone 10 may include a movement module 11 and a hook-shaped structure 12 connected to the movement module 11.
  • the hook-shaped structure 12 may be a structure bent or folded into a hook shape, or a rod-shaped structure that is not parallel to the extension direction of the movement module 11.
  • the rod-shaped structure can cooperate with the movement module 11 to play a "hook-shaped" role, that is, the earphone can be worn on the human ear.
  • the charging box 20 may include a lower shell component 21, and the lower shell component 21 may be provided with two contoured grooves 211 for accommodating the earphone 10 respectively, each contoured groove 211 may include a first contoured groove area 2111 corresponding to the movement module 11 and a second contoured groove area 2112 corresponding to the hook-shaped structure 12, and the second contoured groove areas 2112 of the two contoured grooves 211 are arranged to intersect with each other.
  • the hook structures 12 of the two earphones 10 can overlap each other, for example, stacked up and down, which is conducive to reducing the volume of the charging box 20, making it more compact and convenient for users to carry.
  • overlapping each other means that there is at least an overlapping area between each other, including partial overlap and complete overlap.
  • the projections of the first contoured groove area 2111 and the second contoured groove area 2112 in the first reference direction overlap.
  • the projections of the first contoured groove area 2111 and the second contoured groove area 2112 in the second reference direction overlap.
  • the first reference direction and the second reference direction are perpendicular.
  • the projection length of the charging box 20 occupied by the second contoured groove area 2112 in the first reference direction can overlap with the projection length of the charging box 20 occupied by the first contoured groove area 2111 in the first reference direction
  • the projection length of the charging box 20 occupied by the second contoured groove area 2112 in the second reference direction can overlap with the projection length of the charging box 20 occupied by the first contoured groove area 2111 in the second reference direction, thereby making the charging box 20
  • the volume of the charging box 20 is reduced accordingly to facilitate carrying by users.
  • the amount of reduction in the volume of the charging box 20 is related to the length of the projection in the first reference direction and the degree of overlap of the projection in the second reference direction.
  • first reference direction and the second reference direction are two directions orthogonal to each other and perpendicular to the thickness direction of the charging box 20.
  • the first reference direction in the present application has a variety of different implementations, and the following is an exemplary description of different implementations of the first reference direction.
  • the following implementation of the first reference direction is at least at least one of the following implementations, which will not be repeated.
  • the first reference direction can be the arrangement direction of the two profiling grooves 211 (i.e., the line connecting the geometric centers of the two profiling grooves 211) or a direction perpendicular to the arrangement direction.
  • the first reference direction may refer to a direction perpendicular to or parallel to the rotation axis of the upper shell assembly 24 relative to the lower shell assembly 21.
  • the first reference direction may be a direction perpendicular or parallel to the symmetry axes of the two profiling grooves 211 .
  • the first reference direction may also be the direction of a line connecting the same characteristic points of the two contoured grooves 211 or a direction perpendicular to the direction of the line.
  • the charging box 20 has a thickness direction and the profiling groove 211 has a depth direction.
  • the thickness direction of the charging box 20 and the depth direction of the profiling groove 211 of the present application may refer to the direction perpendicular to the contact plane between the charging box 20 and the horizontal surface after the charging box 20 is placed stably on the horizontal surface.
  • the thickness direction of the charging box 20 and the depth direction of the profiling groove 211 in the following embodiments are the same and will not be repeated. It should be noted that in the actual production process, due to process reasons, there are errors in verticality. In other words, in actual products, the two objects of the present application are perpendicular to each other, which means that the verticality of the two objects is within the allowable tolerance range.
  • the verticality is a position tolerance.
  • the specific tolerance range can be determined by referring to the relevant national standards.
  • the symmetry is the same and will not be repeated.
  • the projection overlap of the present application includes two situations: complete overlap of the projection and partial overlap of the projection.
  • the first profiling groove area 2111 and the first part 2112a of the second profiling groove area 2112 overlap in projection in the first reference direction. In this way, when the earphone 10 is placed in the profiling groove 211, the size of the charging box 20 occupied by the first part 2112a of the second profiling groove area 2112 can overlap with the size of the charging box 20 occupied by the first profiling groove area 2111.
  • the charging box 20 can accommodate the first part 2112a of the second profiling groove area 2112 and the first profiling groove area 2111 in the second reference direction with the first size, and the aforementioned first size is smaller than the sum of the size of the first part 2112a of the second profiling groove area 2112 in the second reference direction and the size of the first profiling groove area 2111 in the second reference direction, so that the size of the charging box 20 in the second reference direction can be reduced while ensuring that the earphone 10 is accommodated, so as to facilitate the user to carry.
  • the projections of the second portion 2112b of the second contoured groove area 2112 and the first contoured groove area 2111 overlap. In this way, when the earphone 10 is placed in the contoured groove 211, the size of the charging box 20 occupied by the second portion 2112b of the second contoured groove area 2112 can overlap the size of the charging box 20 occupied by the first contoured groove area 2111.
  • the charging box 20 can accommodate the second portion 2112b of the second contoured groove area 2112 and the first contoured groove area 2111 at the same time in the first reference direction with the second size, and the aforementioned second size is smaller than the sum of the size of the second portion 2112b of the second contoured groove area 2112 in the first reference direction and the size of the first contoured groove area 2111 in the first reference direction, so that the size of the charging box 20 in the first reference direction can be reduced while ensuring that the earphone 10 is accommodated, so as to facilitate the user to carry.
  • the first part 2112a of the first profiling groove area 2111 and the second part 2112b of the first profiling groove area 2111 and the second profiling groove area 2112 overlap in projection in the first reference direction.
  • the second part 2112b of the first profiling groove area 2111 and the second profiling groove area 2112 overlap in projection in the second reference direction.
  • the charging box 20 can make the size occupied by the charging box 20 in the first reference direction and the second reference direction more reasonable by adjusting the proportion of the projection overlap of the first profiling groove area 2111 and the second profiling groove area 2112 in the first reference direction and the second reference direction, so that the shape of the charging box 20 can be more square, which is not only more beautiful, but also makes it easier for the user to store the charging box 20 in a pocket or backpack.
  • the first portion 2112a of the second profiling groove area 2112 corresponds to the battery housing 123 in the hook structure 12
  • the second portion 2112b of the second profiling groove area 2112 corresponds to the elastic portion of the hook structure 12.
  • the projections of the first profiling groove area 2111 and the first portion 2112a of the second profiling groove area 2112 overlap in the first reference direction, that is, when the earphone 10 is placed in the profiling groove 211, the projections of the battery housing 123 and the movement module 11 overlap in the first reference direction.
  • the projections of the second portion 2112b of the second profiling groove area 2112 overlap with the projections of the first profiling groove area 2111, that is, when the earphone 10 is placed in the profiling groove 211, the projections of the elastic portion and the movement module 11 overlap in the second reference direction.
  • the second portion 2112b of the second profiling groove area 2112 is located on a side of the first profiling groove area 2111 away from the edge of the lower shell component 21 adjacent to the first profiling groove area 2111.
  • the second profiling groove areas 2112 of the two profiling groove areas 211 are arranged close to each other. In this way, when two earphones 10 are accommodated, the parts of the hook-shaped structures 12 in the two earphones 10 with a smaller thickness than the movement module 11 can be arranged close to each other.
  • the second profiling groove areas 2112 of the two profiling grooves 211 are arranged to intersect with each other, so that when the two profiling grooves 211 accommodate the earphones 10 respectively, the hook-shaped structures 12 of the two earphones 10 overlap with each other. And because the earphones 10 The hook-shaped structure 12 is thinner than the movement module 11, so after the two hook-shaped structures 12 are close to each other and overlap, the space utilization rate of the charging box 20 can be further improved, which is conducive to reducing the volume of the charging box 20.
  • the hook structure 12 includes a battery housing 123, and an elastic portion connecting the battery housing 123 and the movement module 11, and the two second profiling groove areas 2112 are arranged so that when accommodating two earphones 10, the elastic portions of the earphones 10 overlap each other.
  • the elastic portion is thinner than the battery housing 123.
  • the elastic portion is arranged in an arc shape, and the two elastic portions overlap each other. Since the two elastic portions have a certain volume, two non-connected overlapping areas will be formed, and the geometric centers of the two overlapping areas form two overlapping points.
  • the two profiling grooves 211 are mirror-symmetrical with the line connecting the two overlapping points as the symmetry axis; the direction of the line connecting the two overlapping points is parallel to the first reference direction or the second reference direction.
  • the second contoured groove areas 2112 of the two contoured grooves 211 are independently provided. In this way, the two earphones 10 can be relatively independently accommodated in the charging box 20, and the use of the two earphones 10 will not be affected by each other, which is convenient for users to use them separately.
  • the charging box 20 may include a main control circuit board 221 disposed in the lower shell assembly 21 and electrode terminals 222 disposed on the main control circuit board 221.
  • the electrode terminals 222 may be provided in multiple groups, for example, two groups, as required. Accordingly, when any earphone 10 is placed in the charging box 20, the electrode terminals 151 in the earphone 10 may contact the electrode terminals 222 in the charging box 20 in a one-to-one correspondence to meet the requirements of charging, detection and other functions.
  • the electrode terminals 222 may include a positive power supply terminal and a negative power supply terminal, and may further include a detection terminal; the lines connecting the two of them may form a triangle, such as an equilateral triangle, or may be spaced apart along a straight line, for example, spaced apart from each other and collinear.
  • the electrode terminal in the charging box 20 is a first electrode terminal (i.e., electrode terminal 222), and the electrode terminal in the earphone 10 is a second electrode terminal (i.e., electrode terminal 151).
  • the first electrode terminal is exposed in the contoured groove 211, and when the earphone 10 is accommodated in the contoured groove 211, the second electrode terminal is connected to the first electrode terminal.
  • the first electrode terminal can be arranged in the first contoured groove area 2111, and the second electrode terminal can be arranged on the movement module 11. Since the movement module 11 is a hard structure compared to the hook structure 12 and has relatively large rigidity, such a configuration can provide a relatively smooth and stable contact surface for the connection between the first electrode terminal and the second electrode terminal, thereby improving the connection stability between the first electrode terminal and the second electrode terminal.
  • there may be a magnetic part in the movement module 11 (such as the first magnetic part in the above embodiment), and there may be a magnetic structure in the charging box 20 that cooperates with the magnetic part in the movement module 11. The connection between the first electrode terminal and the second electrode terminal can be more stable under the magnetic cooperation between the magnetic part of the movement module 11 and the magnetic structure in the charging box 20.
  • the hook structure 12 may include an elastic portion and a hard portion connecting the movement module 11 and the elastic portion.
  • the elastic portion may be at least composed of the aforementioned elastic wire 121, and the elastic portion may produce elastic deformation.
  • the hard portion may be a transfer shell 122 and the electrode terminals 151 and magnets 127 therein.
  • the first electrode terminal is exposed in the second contoured groove area 2112, and the second electrode terminal is arranged on the inner side of the hard portion (when the earphone 10 is accommodated in the contoured groove 211, the hard portion faces the side of the contoured groove 211, see MS in Figure 7).
  • the second electrode terminal and its related mechanical structure and circuit structure are all arranged in the hook structure 12, which simplifies the structure of the movement module 11.
  • the hard portion has greater rigidity than the elastic portion, and the second electrode terminal is arranged in the hard portion to increase the success rate and stability of the connection between the second electrode terminal and the first electrode terminal when the earphone 10 is accommodated in the charging box 20.
  • the inner side surface of the movement module 11 (see IS in FIG. 7 ) and the inner side surface of the hard part (see MS in FIG. 7 ) are inclined to each other.
  • the inner side surface of the movement module 11 and the inner side surface of the hard part are inclined to each other.
  • the contoured groove 211 of the charging box 20 can be configured so that the first contoured groove area 2111 accommodating the movement module 11 and the second contoured groove area 2112 accommodating the hard part are inclined to each other to increase the adaptability to the earphone 10. Observing along the thickness direction of the charging box 20, compared with the case where the areas of the first profiling groove area 2111 and the second profiling groove area 2112 accommodating the core module 11 are parallel to each other, by setting the profiling groove 211 to accommodate the first profiling groove area 2111 and the second profiling groove area 2112 accommodating the core module 11, the area of the hard part is inclined to each other, so that the size of the projection of the charging box 20 in the thickness direction can be reduced, which is convenient for carrying.
  • the profiling groove 211 Compared with the case where the areas of the first profiling groove area 2111 and the second profiling groove area 2112 accommodating the core module 11 are perpendicular to each other, by setting the profiling groove 211 to accommodate the first profiling groove area 2111 and the second profiling groove area 2112 accommodating the hard part are inclined to each other, the size required in the thickness direction of the charging box 20 when the earphone 10 is stored in the charging box 20 can be reduced, and the user's sense of operability when storing the earphone 10 can be improved.
  • the profiling groove 211 so that the first profiling groove area 2111 for accommodating the core module 11 and the second profiling groove area 2112 for accommodating the hard part are inclined to each other, the charging box 20 can be more adapted to the earphone 10.
  • the thickness, length and width of the charging box 20 are optimized, so that the charging box 20 can be convenient for users to carry and meet the ergonomic requirements of the charging box 20.
  • the extension direction of the first electrode terminal is relative to the thickness of the charging box 20.
  • the direction is tilted (refer to the ⁇ angle in Figure 24).
  • the space occupied by the first electrode terminal in the thickness direction of the charging box 20 can be reduced, which is beneficial to reducing the volume of the charging box 20.
  • the extension direction of the first electrode terminal can match the extension direction of the second electrode terminal, thereby increasing the success rate of the connection between the first electrode terminal and the second electrode terminal.
  • the above-mentioned ⁇ angle is between 10 degrees and 45 degrees, for example, between 30 degrees and 40 degrees, and between 15 degrees and 25 degrees, and preferably 20 degrees.
  • the normal direction of the inner side surface IS of the core module 11 and the extension direction of the second electrode terminal are inclined to each other, which can facilitate the connection between the first electrode terminal and the second electrode terminal and improve the connection success rate.
  • the extension direction of the first electrode terminal is inclined relative to the thickness direction of the charging box 20, so that the contact area between the first electrode terminal and the second electrode terminal gradually increases as the earphone 10 is placed, so that the change in the contact area between the first electrode terminal and the second electrode terminal is not an instantaneous change.
  • This is conducive to improving the success rate of the connection between the first electrode terminal and the second electrode terminal and improving the stability of the first electrode terminal and the second electrode terminal after connection.
  • the depth of the first contoured groove area 2111 gradually increases in the direction away from the first electrode terminal.
  • the movement module 11 can cooperate with the depth change area of the first contoured groove area 2111, thereby guiding and positioning the movement module 11, making it easier for the movement module 11 to be placed in the first contoured groove area 2111.
  • the first electrode terminal is exposed at one end of the second profiling groove area 2112 close to the first profiling groove area 2111, and the depth of the area of the second profiling groove area 2112 accommodating the hard part gradually increases in the direction away from the first profiling groove area 2111.
  • the areas of the first profiling groove area 2111 and the second profiling groove area 2112 accommodating the hard part can form a conical structure with a certain angle in the thickness direction of the charging box 20 that matches the hard part of the earphone 10 and the movement module 11, thereby playing a guiding role, facilitating the earphone 10 to cooperate with the profiling groove 211 when placed in the charging box 20.
  • the conical structure can also limit the earphone 10, limit the movement of the earphone 10 relative to the profiling groove 211, and improve the stability of the earphone 10 when it is accommodated in the charging box 20.
  • a first support platform 2113 is provided at the bottom of the second contoured groove area 2112, the first electrode terminal is provided on the first support platform 2113, the earphone 10 is provided with a second support platform 176, and the second electrode terminal is provided on the second support platform 176.
  • the second support platform 176 can be provided on the hard part of the earphone 10.
  • the second support platform 176 can also be provided at other positions of the movement module 11 or the hook structure 12, without specific limitation.
  • the provision of the first support platform 2113 and the second support platform 176 can increase the structural strength of the earphone 10 at the second electrode terminal and the contoured groove 211 at the first electrode terminal, so as to increase the stability of the connection between the first electrode terminal and the second electrode terminal.
  • the first support platform 2113 and the second support platform 176 can bear more wear, thereby reducing the wear of the first electrode terminal, the second electrode terminal and other parts during the repeated use of the earphone 10, which is beneficial to improving the service life of the earphone 10 and the charging box 20.
  • the contact surface of the first support platform 2113 and the second support platform 176 is a plane.
  • the normal direction of the contact surface can be set obliquely relative to the thickness direction of the charging box 20. In this way, after the first support platform 2113 and the second support platform 176 are abutted and matched, the first electrode terminal and the second electrode terminal can also be connected relatively smoothly.
  • Such a setting can gradually increase the contact area between the first support platform 2113 and the second support platform 176 as the earphone 10 is put in, so that the change in the contact area between the first support platform 2113 and the second support platform 176 is not an instantaneous change, which is conducive to improving the stability of the abutment and matching of the first support platform 2113 and the second support platform 176 and improving the success rate of the connection between the first electrode terminal and the second electrode terminal.
  • the contact surface of the first support platform 2113 and the second support platform 176 can be inclined to each other with the bottom wall of the second contoured groove area 2112, and the first support platform 2113 and the second support platform 176 can form a step structure, thereby facilitating the abutment and matching of the first support platform 2113 and the second support platform 176.
  • the normal direction of the contact surface of the first supporting platform 2113 and the second supporting platform 176 is parallel to the extension direction of the first electrode terminal.
  • the contact surface of the first electrode terminal and the second electrode terminal can be parallel to the contact surface of the first supporting platform 2113 and the second supporting platform 176, and the connection between the first electrode terminal and the second electrode terminal is smoother during the process of gradually placing the earphone 10 into the contoured groove 211, reducing the damping feeling during the matching process of the two supporting platforms.
  • the normal direction of the contact surface of the first support platform 2113 and the second support platform 176 is inclined relative to the extension direction of the first electrode terminal.
  • the contact surface of the first electrode terminal and the second electrode terminal can form a step-like structure relative to the contact surface of the first support platform 2113 and the second support platform 176, thereby playing a role in positioning and limiting during the matching process of the first electrode terminal and the second electrode terminal, which is conducive to improving the stability of the connection between the first electrode terminal and the second electrode terminal.
  • the hook structure 12 may include an elastic portion, the elastic portion connecting the movement module 11 and the battery housing 123, and the elastic portion may be a portion of the elastic metal wire 121 exposed from the adapter housing 122 and the battery housing 123.
  • the two second contoured groove areas 2112 may be configured so that the elastic portions of the two earphones 10 overlap each other. In this way, after one of the two earphones 10 is placed in the contoured groove 211 first, the other earphone 10 may also be placed in the contoured groove 211, and the earphone 10 placed first may be deformed to a certain extent. This allows the earphone 10 that is inserted later to be better placed in the lower shell assembly 21 .
  • the elastic portion of the hook structure 12 can be arranged in an arc shape, and when the elastic portions of the two earphones 10 overlap each other, two overlapping points are formed (for example, as shown in OP1 and OP2 in FIG. 20 ), and the two contoured grooves 211 can be mirror-symmetrical with the line connecting the two overlapping points (that is, the line segment OP1OP2) as the axis of symmetry, so that the distribution of the two contoured grooves 211 is more reasonable, which is beneficial to improving the appearance quality of the charging box 20.
  • the area between the two overlapping points of the two second contoured groove areas 2112 can retain a portion of the lower shell component 21, that is, the two second contoured groove areas 2112 form an island at their confluence, which is conducive to limiting the freedom of any earphone 10 after being placed in the contoured groove 211.
  • the two second contoured groove areas 2112 are surrounded by the hook-shaped structure 12 and the area between the two overlapping points forms the above-mentioned island.
  • the two earphones 10 are respectively used to be worn on the left ear and the right ear of the user, and the movement modules 11 of the two earphones 10 are respectively located on both sides of the first reference direction.
  • the earphone 10 for wearing on the left ear can be accommodated on the left side relative to the user
  • the earphone 10 for wearing on the right ear can be accommodated on the right side relative to the user, so as to facilitate the user to take and store the earphone 10 in the charging box 20.
  • the two contoured grooves 211 are mirror-symmetrical with the line connecting the two overlapping points as the symmetry axis. The direction of the line connecting the two overlapping points is parallel to the first reference direction.
  • the two second contoured groove areas 2112 are surrounded by the hook-shaped structure 12 and the area between the two overlapping points is merged into one, that is, the above-mentioned island does not exist, so that the two second contoured groove areas 2112 are integrated at their confluence, which is conducive to the convenient placement of the earphone 10 into the corresponding contoured groove 211.
  • the hook structure 12 may include a hard part located between the elastic part and the core module 11, the hard part connects the core module 11 and the elastic part, and the hard part may be the adapter shell 122 and the electrode terminal 151 and the magnet 127 therein.
  • the lower shell assembly 21 may include a limiting structure 212, and the limiting structure 212 may be arranged in the profiling groove 211 or arranged adjacent to the profiling groove 211.
  • the limiting structure 212 may form a pressing force on the hard part of the earphone 10 toward the bottom of the profiling groove 211, so as to maintain the relative position between the earphone 10 and the lower shell assembly 21; at least part of the elastic part of the same earphone 10 forms a cantilever structure compared to the point of action of the limiting structure 212 on the hard part, that is, at least part of the elastic part of any earphone 10 may not contact the bottom of the profiling groove 211 (especially the second profiling groove area 2112).
  • the elastic portion of the earphone 10 placed first can be more easily deformed to a certain extent when the other earphone 10 is placed into the contoured groove 211, so that the earphone 10 placed later can be better placed in the lower shell assembly 21.
  • the limiting structure 212 may be a protrusion that interferes with the hard part of the earphone 10 during the process of placing the earphone 10 into the profiling groove 211 and taking it out of the profiling groove 211.
  • the protrusion may be disposed adjacent to the profiling groove 211.
  • the number of the above-mentioned protrusions can be two, and the two protrusions are located on opposite sides of the contoured groove 211.
  • the hard part of the earphone 10 is stuck between the two protrusions under the pressing pressure applied by the user.
  • the charging box 20 may include a first magnetic attraction structure 231 and a second magnetic attraction structure 232 disposed in the lower shell assembly 21, and the electrode terminal 222 may be located between the first magnetic attraction structure 231 and the second magnetic attraction structure 232.
  • the first magnetic attraction structure 231 and the first magnetic attraction member in the earphone 10 may form a first magnetic attraction matching pair
  • the second magnetic attraction structure 232 and the second magnetic attraction member in the earphone 10 may form a second magnetic attraction matching pair
  • the aforementioned first magnetic attraction matching pair and the aforementioned second magnetic attraction matching pair make the electrode terminal 222 contact the electrode terminal 151 one-to-one.
  • the contact between the earphone 10 and the charging box 20 is better. It is worth noting that: under the action of the limiting structure 212, the contact between the earphone 10 and the charging box 20 can be further guaranteed.
  • the charging box 20 may include a first magnetic attraction structure 231 disposed in the lower shell component 21.
  • the first magnetic attraction structure 231 forms a first magnetic attraction matching pair with the first magnetic attraction member in the earphone 10, such as two magnets attracting each other with opposite polarities, so as to guide the hook structure of the earphone 10 to move further into the above-mentioned limiting groove.
  • the bottom of the contoured groove 211 may be provided with a guide surface for guiding the hook structure of the earphone 10 to the above-mentioned limiting groove.
  • the depth of the section of the second contoured groove area 2112 close to the first contoured groove area 2111 is greater than the depth of the first contoured groove area 2111, that is, there is a height difference between the two, and the contoured groove 211 is arranged in a slope transition in the area with the height difference to form the aforementioned guide surface.
  • the above-mentioned limiting groove may also be located in the section of the second contoured groove area 2112 close to the first contoured groove area 2111.
  • the charging box 20 may include a second magnetic structure 232 disposed in the lower shell assembly 21, and the electrode terminal 222 may be located between the first magnetic structure 231 and the second magnetic structure 232.
  • the second magnetic structure 232 and the second magnetic member in the earphone 10 may form a second magnetic matching pair, such as two magnets that attract each other with opposite polarities, so as to guide the hook structure of the earphone 10 to move further into the above-mentioned limit groove together with the above-mentioned first magnetic matching pair, so that any earphone 10 has more power to move further into the above-mentioned limit groove after being placed in the contoured groove 211.
  • the aforementioned first magnetic matching pair and the aforementioned second magnetic matching pair make the electric
  • the terminal poles 222 are in one-to-one contact with the electrode terminals 151.
  • the electrode terminals 222 and the electrode terminals 151 are paired and located between the first magnetic attraction matching pair and the second magnetic attraction matching pair, the contact between the earphone 10 and the charging box 20 is better. It is worth noting that under the action of the limiting structure 212, the contact between the earphone 10 and the charging box 20 can be further guaranteed.
  • the first magnetic component may be the speaker 112 in the movement module 11 , specifically, the magnetic circuit system of the speaker 112 ;
  • the second magnetic component may be a magnet 127 arranged on the hard part of the earphone 10 .
  • the earphone 10 when the earphone 10 is placed in the charging box 20, if the hook structure 12 is deformed, the success rate of the earphone 10 being placed in the box will be reduced, or the placement stability of the earphone 10 will be affected.
  • the movement module 11 of the earphone 10 can be accommodated in the first profiling groove area 2111, and the hook structure 12 can be accommodated in the second profiling groove area 2112.
  • the hook structure 12 is elastic, during the process of placing the hook structure 12 in the second profiling groove area 2112, the hook structure 12 will be deformed due to the previous use deformation or the action deformation caused by the inertial force, resulting in the hook structure 12 not being able to correspond well to the shape of the second profiling groove area 2112, and the hook structure 12 is not easy to be placed in the profiling groove area 211, and the placement relationship between the movement module 11 and the first profiling groove area 2111 will also be unstable.
  • the following embodiments can be provided.
  • the contoured groove 211 can provide sufficient space to allow the hook structure 12 to exist or undergo a certain degree of deformation, so as to ensure that the movement module 11 and the hook structure 12 can be smoothly placed in the first contoured groove area 2111 and the second contoured groove area 2112 respectively with less user intervention, thereby improving the success rate of the earphone being put into the box and the placement stability.
  • the part of the hook structure 12 away from the movement module 11 can be regarded as the far end of the cantilever beam.
  • the part of the hook structure 12 away from the movement module 11 will produce a larger deformation amount than other parts.
  • the movement module 11 only requires a smaller active gap than the hook structure 12, so that the movement module 11 can be placed in the first contoured groove area 2111. If the active gap is too large, it will be not conducive to the size optimization of the charging box 20, and will cause the movement module 11 to be unstable in the charging box, which is prone to shaking and abnormal noise.
  • the active gap between the part of the hook-shaped structure 12 away from the core module 11 and the side wall of the second profiling groove area 2112 is set to be larger than the active gap between the core module 11 and the side wall of the first profiling groove area 2111, so that the first profiling groove area 2111 can allow the core module 11 to be smoothly placed, while the second profiling groove area 2112 can provide a larger active space for the hook-shaped structure 12, further improving the success rate of the earphone 10 in the box and the placement stability, and facilitating the optimization of the size of the charging box 20.
  • the size of the active gap between the part of the hook structure 12 away from the movement module 11 and the side wall of the second contoured groove area 2112 ranges from 0.5 to 1.5 mm, for example, the size of the active gap can be 1 to 1.3 mm, specifically 1.2 mm. Setting the size of the active gap in this way can increase the success rate of the hook structure 12 being placed in the second contoured groove area 2112, and has a small impact on the size of the charging box 20.
  • the size of the movable gap between the core module 11 and the side wall of the first contoured groove area 2111 is in the range of 0.05-0.2 mm, for example, the size of the movable gap can be 0.07-0.15 mm, specifically 0.1 mm.
  • the movable gap set in this way can enable the core module 11 to be stably accommodated in the first contoured groove area 2111, can position and limit the accommodation of the earphone 10 in the contoured groove 211, and is conducive to improving the stability of the contact of the electrode terminal.
  • the portion of the hook structure 12 away from the movement module 11 includes a battery housing 123 for accommodating a battery.
  • the battery housing 123 is disposed at the portion of the hook structure 12 away from the movement module 11.
  • the hook structure 12 may further include an elastic portion connecting the movement module 11 and the battery housing 123.
  • the battery housing 123 has a larger size than the elastic portion, so that the elastic portion can surround the user's ear to hang the earphone 10, and the battery housing 123 can support the ear from the back side of the ear, which is conducive to improving the stability of the earphone 10 in the wearing state.
  • the active gap between the battery housing 123 and the side wall of the second profiling groove area 2112 is greater than the active gap between the movement module 11 and the side wall of the first profiling groove area 2111. In this way, the success rate of placing the battery housing 123 into the second profiling groove area 2112 can be increased, which is convenient for the storage of the earphone 10. Furthermore, when the earphone 10 is accommodated in the contoured groove 211, the movable gap between the elastic part and the side wall of the second contoured groove area 2112 is larger than the movable gap between the movement module 11 and the side wall of the first contoured groove area 2111. This arrangement can increase the success rate of the elastic part being placed in the second contoured groove area 2112, and can facilitate the accommodation of the earphone 10.
  • the hook structure 12 also includes a hard part connecting the elastic part and the movement module 11. Since the hard part can be used to set the electrode terminal 151 or the second magnetic attraction member, it needs to have higher rigidity than the elastic part, and has higher requirements for stability.
  • the movable gap between the elastic part and the side wall of the second contoured groove area 2112 can be set to be larger than the movable gap between the hard part and the side wall of the second contoured groove area 2112.
  • the charging box 20 includes at least an electrode terminal for charging, and the electrode terminal may not be disposed on the battery housing 123. It is understandable that the battery housing 123 is at the end of the hook-shaped structure 12, and the deformation degree produced therein is relatively large.
  • the electrode terminal disposed on the battery housing 123 is not conducive to its matching with the electrode terminal in the lower shell assembly 21. Specifically, the electrode terminal may not be disposed on the battery housing 123, but may be disposed on a structure on the earphone 10 that produces a relatively small deformation degree, such as the movement module 11 or the hard part, so as to facilitate the matching between the electrode terminals.
  • the lower shell assembly 21 may be provided with a limiting structure, and in the process of placing the earphone 10 into the contoured groove 211, the movement module 11 may be accommodated in the first contoured groove area 2111 through the limiting structure.
  • the limiting structure may be a snap-fit structure, and the movement module 11 may be placed in the first contoured groove area 2111 by snap-fitting with the limiting structure.
  • the limiting structure may be a magnetic structure, and the movement module 11 may be placed in the first contoured groove area 2111 by magnetically matching with the limiting structure.
  • the first contoured groove area 2111 may also be provided with a first magnetic structure 231, and the movement module 11 may be provided with a first magnetic member.
  • the first magnetic member and the first magnetic structure 231 are magnetically matched.
  • the situation in which the movement module 11 is placed in the first contoured groove area 2111 by magnetic attraction can be specifically referred to the description of the above-mentioned embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
  • the movement module 11 can be stably accommodated in the first contoured groove area 2111 in the above manner, which can limit the movement of the earphone 10 in the charging box 20 and improve the matching stability between the electrode terminals.
  • the charging box 20 also includes an upper shell assembly 24, and when the charging box 20 is in a closed state, the upper shell assembly 24 cooperates with the lower shell assembly 21.
  • the upper shell assembly 24 is provided with a limiting member 245, and the limiting member 245 abuts against the hook structure 12 when the charging box 20 is in a closed state. In this way, when the charging box 20 is closed, the limiting member 245 can apply pressure to the hook structure 12, thereby limiting the movement of the hook structure 12 in the thickness direction of the charging box 20.
  • friction will also be generated between the limiting member 245 and the hook structure 12, thereby limiting the movement of the hook structure 12 in other directions, so as to reduce the abnormal noise caused by the movement of the hook structure 12, and at the same time reduce the wear of the earphone 10 and the charging box 20.
  • the number of the limiting member 245 may be one, or two or more. In some embodiments, the number of the limiting member 245 is one, and the limiting member 245 abuts against the hook structures 12 of the two earphones 10 at the same time when the charging box 20 is closed. In this way, the movement of the two hook structures 12 can be limited by one limiting member 245 at the same time. In some embodiments, the number of the limiting member 245 may be two, and when the charging box 20 is closed, the two limiting members 245 can respectively limit the movement of the hook structures 12 of the two earphones 10.
  • the hook structure 12 includes a battery housing 123 for accommodating a battery, and the limiting member 245 abuts against the battery housing 123 when the charging box 20 is closed.
  • the battery housing 123 is the larger part of the hook structure 12, and the limiting member 245 can improve the stability of the hook structure 12 when it is accommodated in the charging box 20 by limiting the movement of the battery housing 123.
  • the movement module 11 can be accommodated in the first contoured groove area 2111 by means of snapping or magnetic attraction to limit the degree of freedom of the movement module 11.
  • the degree of freedom of the movement module 11 and the hook structure 12 of the earphone 10 can be limited, thereby greatly limiting the degree of freedom of the earphone 10, preventing the earphone 10 from shaking in the charging box 20, and further avoiding wear of the charging box 20 and the earphone 10, thereby improving the service life.
  • the movable gap between the battery housing 123 and the side wall of the second profiling groove area 2112 is larger than the movable gap between the movement module 11 and the side wall of the first profiling groove area 2111.
  • the beneficial effects produced by such a setting can be found in the description of the aforementioned embodiment and will not be repeated here.
  • the movable gap between the battery housing 123 and the side wall of the second profiling groove area 2112 is larger, and the success rate of placing the earphone 10 into the charging box 20 becomes higher, but it will cause the hook structure 12 to shake more easily.
  • the limiting member 245 to abut against the battery housing 123 when the charging box 20 is closed, it can ensure that the shaking of the hook structure 12 is reduced while the success rate of placing the earphone 10 is improved.
  • the first magnetic attraction member of the core module 11 cooperates with the first magnetic attraction structure of the lower shell assembly 21.
  • the degree of freedom of the core module 11 can be limited, thereby reducing the shaking of the core module 11.
  • the limiting member 245 to abut the hook structure 12
  • the shaking of the hook structure 12 can be reduced, thereby reducing the shaking of the earphone 10 as a whole.
  • the lower shell assembly 21 may include a limiting structure 212, which may be disposed in the profiling groove 211 or adjacent to the profiling groove 211.
  • the limiting structure 212 may form a pressing force on the hard part or the movement module 11 of the earphone 10 toward the bottom of the profiling groove 211, so as to maintain the relative position between the earphone 10 and the lower shell assembly 21, so as to limit the freedom of the earphone 10 and reduce the shaking of the earphone 10 in the charging box 20.
  • the limiting member 245 abutting against the hook structure 12, the shaking of the hook structure 12 can be reduced, thereby further reducing the shaking of the earphone 10.
  • the limiting member 245 may be a flexible structure, for example, the material of the limiting member 245 may be silicone or rubber.
  • the Shore hardness range of the limiting member 245 may be 20-50.
  • the limiting member 245 may include an abutting portion and a telescopic portion, wherein the telescopic portion connects the abutting portion and the upper shell assembly 24, and when the charging box 20 is closed, the telescopic portion elastically telescopes so that the abutting portion abuts against the hook structure 12.
  • the telescopic portion can be in contact with the abutting portion.
  • an elastic force is provided, so that the abutting portion can apply pressure to the hook structure 12 to limit the shaking of the hook structure 12.
  • the telescopic portion can be a spring, a torsion spring or other structures.
  • the thickness of the limiting member 245 may range from 1.2 to 2 mm. For example, it may be 1.2 mm, 1.5 mm or 2 mm. If the thickness of the limiting member 245 is less than 1.2 mm, the limiting member 245 may not fully interfere with the hook structure 12, and may not generate sufficient pressure to limit the movement of the hook structure 12. If the thickness of the limiting member 245 is greater than 2 mm, the limiting member 245 may generate excessive pressure on the hook structure 12, causing the hook structure 12 to continue to deform when accommodated, thereby causing the hook structure 12 to lose its original shape, affecting the user's wearing experience.
  • the first portion 2112a of the second profiling groove area 2112 is used to accommodate a portion of the hook structure 12 (e.g., the battery housing 123), and when the charging box 20 is closed, the projection of the first portion 2112a of the two second profiling groove areas 2112 in the thickness direction of the charging box 20 at least partially covers the projection of the limiting member 245 in the thickness direction of the charging box 20.
  • a configuration enables the limiting member 245 to at least partially abut the hook structure, and the limiting area of the limiting member 245 does not exceed the area where the first portion 2112a of the second profiling groove area 2112 is located, thereby reducing the redundancy that may be generated by the limiting member 245 and reducing costs.
  • the limiting member 245 may be a single arc-shaped structure that abuts against two hook-shaped structures 12 at the same time.
  • the length of the projection of the limiting member 245 in the first reference direction perpendicular to the axis of the rotating shaft mechanism 25 ranges from 20 to 24 mm, for example, 21 to 23 mm or 22 to 22.5 mm.
  • the projection length of the limiting member 245 in the first reference direction is less than 20 mm, the contact area between the limiting member 245 and each hook-shaped structure 12 will be reduced, and the limiting member 245 may not be able to abut against two hook-shaped structures 12 at the same time, causing the limiting member 245 to lose the ability to limit the two hook-shaped structures 12 at the same time. If the projection length of the limiting member 245 in the first reference direction is greater than 24 mm, the limiting member 245 will still have redundancy in length except for the portion that abuts against the hook-shaped structure 12, and the redundant length will increase the production cost.
  • the length of the projection of the limiting member 245 in the second reference direction perpendicular to the first reference direction ranges from 3 to 7 mm. For example, it may be 3 to 6 mm or 5 to 6 mm. If the length of the projection of the limiting member 245 in the second reference direction is less than 3 mm, the area where the limiting member 245 contacts the hook structure 12 will be reduced, which will weaken the ability of the limiting member 245 to restrict the movement of the hook structure 12.
  • the length of the projection of the limiting member 245 in the second reference direction is greater than 7 mm, the area where the limiting member 245 contacts the hook structure 12 is larger, which will excessively increase the pressure applied by the limiting member 245 to the hook structure 12, causing the hook structure 12 to deform unexpectedly.
  • the upper shell component 24 is provided with a receiving groove 244 for receiving the earphone 10 when the charging box 20 is closed.
  • the receiving groove 244 can receive the portion of the earphone 10 that is not received by the contoured groove 211 when the upper shell component 24 is closed to the lower shell component 21, so that the upper shell component 24 and the lower shell component 21 are tightly closed.
  • the side wall of the receiving groove 244 can also further limit the earphone 10 to limit the movement of the earphone 10 in the charging box 20.
  • the above-mentioned limiting member 245 is provided in the receiving groove 244, and the limiting member 245 cooperates with the receiving groove 244, so that when the earphone 10 is simultaneously received in the contoured groove 211 and the receiving groove 244, the limiting member 245 can apply pressure to the hook structure 12 to limit the movement of the hook structure 12 and reduce the shaking of the hook structure 12 and the generation of abnormal noise.
  • the second profiling groove areas 2112 of the two profiling grooves 211 are arranged to intersect with each other, so that when the two profiling grooves 211 accommodate the earphones 10 respectively, the hook structures 12 of the two earphones 10 overlap with each other, and form a first overlapping point OP1 close to the hinge mechanism 25 and a second overlapping point OP2 away from the hinge mechanism 25. In this way, the hook structures 12 of the two earphones 10 can be placed overlappingly, which is conducive to reducing the volume of the charging box 20.
  • the area where the limiting member 245 abuts against the hook structure 12 is located in the direction where the second overlapping point OP2 deviates from the first overlapping point OP1.
  • the hook structures 12 overlap with each other when accommodated in the profiling grooves 211, and the overlapping part can limit the freedom of movement of part of the hook structure 12.
  • the limiting member 245 abuts against the portion corresponding to the second overlapping point OP2 of the hook structure 12.
  • the thicknesses of the two hook structures 12 are superimposed, and the portion corresponding to the second overlapping point OP2 abutted by the limiting member 245 can have a smaller thickness while limiting the degree of freedom of the hook structure 12, thereby reducing production costs.
  • the distance between the limiting member 245 and the side wall of the upper shell assembly 24 near the second overlapping point OP2 ranges from 15 to 20 mm.
  • the limiting member 245 can abut against the portion of the hook structure 12 near the second overlapping point OP2.
  • the areas of the two hook structures 12 near the second overlapping point OP2 have overlapping parts, so that this area has a higher height in the thickness direction of the charging box 20, so that the thickness of the limiting member 245 can be reduced.
  • the limiting member 245 is far away from the second overlapping point OP2, and the thickness of the limiting member 245 needs to be increased to abut against the hook structure 12. If the distance between the limiting member 245 and the edge of the lower shell assembly 21 near the second overlapping point OP2 is greater than 20 mm, the area of the limiting member 245 abutting against the hook structure 12 will be reduced, resulting in a weakened limiting effect.
  • the charging box 20 may include an upper shell assembly 24, and a hinge mechanism 25 connecting the upper shell assembly 24 and the lower shell assembly 21, so that the charging box 20 can be opened or closed.
  • the hinge mechanism 25 may include a lower fixing seat 251 integrally formed with the lower shell assembly 21 and an upper fixing seat 252 integrally formed with the upper shell assembly 24, and a rotating shaft 253; the lower fixing seat 251 It can extend into the upper shell assembly 24, and then be pivotally connected to the upper fixing seat 252 through the rotating shaft 253.
  • the rotating shaft mechanism 25 may include a reinforcing member 254 connected to the lower fixing seat 251, and the structural strength of the reinforcing member 254 is greater than the structural strength of the lower fixing seat 251; the rotating shaft 253 is further penetrated through the reinforcing member 254 to reinforce the structure of the rotating shaft mechanism 25.
  • the reinforcing member 254 and the lower fixing seat 251 can be an integrally formed structural member, for example, integrally formed by a metal insert injection molding process; or they can be two separate structural members and connected together by one or a combination of methods such as glue connection, screw connection, and clamping.
  • the shaft mechanism 25 may include an elastic member 255, one end of which is connected to the lower shell assembly 21, for example, to the lower fixing seat 251, and the other end of the elastic member 255 is connected to the upper shell assembly 24, so as to maintain the opening state or the closing state of the charging box 20.
  • the elastic member 255 is elastically deformed to provide a certain damping feeling, and of course, this damping feeling can also be partially derived from the friction resistance when the shaft 253 and the structure connected thereto rotate.
  • the elastic member 255 can be configured as a Z-shaped torsion spring, the basic structure of which is well known to those skilled in the art and will not be described in detail herein.
  • one of the lower fixing seat 251 and the upper shell assembly 24 can be provided with a mounting hole 2411, and the other can be provided with a mounting groove 2511.
  • the mounting hole 2411 is provided on the upper shell body 241 and is located between the two upper fixing seats 252 in the extension direction of the rotating shaft 253;
  • the mounting groove 2511 is provided on the lower fixing seat 251 and is located between the two sleeve portions 2542 in the extension direction of the rotating shaft 253.
  • one end of the elastic member 255 first extends into the mounting hole 2411 along the axial direction of the mounting hole 2411, and the other end of the elastic member 255 is then embedded in the mounting groove 2511 along a direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the mounting groove 2511, so as to reduce the deformation amount of the elastic member 255 during the installation process, which is conducive to maintaining the reliability of the elastic member 255.
  • the mounting hole 2411 and the mounting groove 2511 may be respectively arranged as through-hole structures along their respective axial directions.
  • two upper fixing seats 252 may be arranged at intervals along the extension direction of the rotating shaft 253, and the lower fixing seat 251 may be located between the two upper fixing seats 252 and respectively arranged at intervals from the two upper fixing seats 252 in the extension direction of the rotating shaft 253, which is conducive to supporting the rotating shaft 253.
  • the reinforcing member 254 may include a connecting portion 2541 connected to the lower fixing seat 251 and two sleeve portions 2542 arranged at intervals along the extension direction of the rotating shaft 253, and the two sleeve portions 2542 may be respectively located in the interval area between the lower fixing seat 251 and the two upper fixing seats 252. Accordingly, the rotating shaft 253 is inserted into the lower fixing seat 251, the two sleeve portions 2542 and the two upper fixing seats 252.
  • the lower shell assembly 21 may include a lower shell body 213 and a lower shell lining 214 disposed on the inner side of the lower shell body 213 , the lower fixing seat 251 and the lower shell body 213 may be integrally formed plastic parts; the reinforcing member 254 may be a metal part.
  • the connecting portion 2541 may be located between the lower shell body 213 and the lower shell lining 214 , so that the reinforcing member 254 is not exposed at least when the charging box 20 is in the closed state.
  • the contoured groove 211 and the limiting structure 212 may be disposed on the lower shell lining 214 , and the main control circuit board 221 and the electrode terminals 222 thereon, the first magnetic attraction structure 231 and the second magnetic attraction structure 232 may be disposed between the lower shell body 213 and the lower shell lining 214 .
  • the upper shell assembly 24 may include an upper shell body 241 and an upper shell liner 242 disposed inside the upper shell body 241 , and the upper fixing seat 252 and the upper shell body 241 may be integrally formed plastic parts.
  • the upper shell component 24 and the lower shell component 21 are still connected together after the reinforcement component 254 is removed, and the reinforcement component 254 may not be exposed, which is beneficial to reducing the cost of the charging box 20 and the consistency of appearance.
  • the charging box 20 may include an upper shell component 24, and a rotating shaft mechanism 25 connecting the upper shell component 24 and the lower shell component 21, so that the charging box 20 can be opened or closed.
  • the charging box 20 further includes a limiting mechanism, which is used to limit the angle at which the upper shell component 24 rotates relative to the lower shell component 21 when the charging box 20 is in the open state.
  • the limiting mechanism can limit the further relative rotation of the two when the upper shell component 24 rotates to a preset angle relative to the lower shell component 21.
  • the angle at which the upper shell component 24 opens relative to the lower shell component 21 can be the angle between the lower surface of the lower shell component 21 and the upper surface of the upper shell component 24 (see angle ⁇ in Figure 27).
  • the angle at which the upper shell component 24 opens relative to the lower shell component 21 can be limited, thereby reducing the risk of damage to the shell structure of the charging box 20 due to excessive rotation of the upper shell component 24, and the surface wear of the charging box 20 caused by the abutment of the shell.
  • the limiting mechanism is connected to the upper shell assembly 24 and the lower shell assembly 21, respectively, so as to limit the angle at which the upper shell assembly 24 opens relative to the lower shell assembly 21.
  • the limiting mechanism may include two connecting rods, which are hinged to each other and are hinged to the upper shell assembly 24 and the lower shell assembly 21, respectively. When the upper shell assembly 24 rotates to a preset angle relative to the lower shell assembly 21, the two connecting rods are in a straight line, thereby limiting the further rotation of the upper shell assembly 24 relative to the lower shell assembly 21.
  • the two connecting rods rotate relative to each other, and the part connected to the upper shell assembly 24 and the part connected to the lower shell assembly 21 are close to each other.
  • the two connecting rods will limit the rotation of the upper shell assembly 24 relative to the lower shell assembly 21 to the open state, but will not limit the rotation of the two to the closed state.
  • the limiting mechanism includes a first limiting member 271 and a second limiting member 272, wherein the second limiting member 272 is connected to the upper shell assembly 24 and can move with the upper shell assembly 24.
  • the first limiting member 271 is connected to the lower shell assembly 21 and can move with the lower shell assembly 21.
  • the first limiting member 271 and the second limiting member 272 abut against each other when the upper shell assembly 24 rotates to a preset angle relative to the lower shell assembly 21, thereby limiting further rotation of the upper shell assembly 24 relative to the lower shell assembly 21.
  • the range of the preset angle is 90 degrees to 110 degrees. If the preset angle is set to 90 degrees, the upper shell assembly 24 can rotate relative to the lower shell assembly 21.
  • the angle is less than 90 degrees, that is, the angle between the upper shell component 24 and the lower shell component 21 is an acute angle, the upper shell component 24 will have a tendency to reclose under the action of gravity or the elastic member of the rotating shaft mechanism 25, which is not conducive to the user to take and store the earphone 10.
  • the preset angle is less than 90 degrees, which will cause the user to interfere with the upper shell component 24 when taking and storing the earphone 10, affecting the user's experience. If the preset angle is greater than 110 degrees, the angle at which the upper shell component 24 is opened relative to the lower shell component 21 is too large, which will increase the strength requirements of the rotating shaft mechanism 25 and the limiting mechanism.
  • the length of the charging box 20 when it is opened will be longer.
  • the length of the charging box 20 when it is opened refers to the distance between the farthest end of the upper shell component 24 from the rotating shaft mechanism and the farthest end of the lower shell component 21 from the rotating shaft mechanism.
  • the longer length of the charging box 20 when opened will cause a larger torque to be applied to the upper shell assembly 24 and the lower shell assembly 21, and the risk of damage to the charging box 20 will increase.
  • a slot 247 is provided on the edge of the upper shell component 24 close to the lower shell component 21, and the shaft mechanism 25 includes a shaft 253 bridging the two ends of the slot 247, and the upper shell component 24 rotates relative to the lower shell component 21 around the shaft 253.
  • the above-mentioned preset angle is less than the angle at which the upper shell component 24 is opened relative to the lower shell component 21 when the groove edge of the slot 247 abuts against the outer wall of the lower shell component 21. It can be understood that the slot 247 can facilitate the rotation of the upper shell component 24 relative to the lower shell component 21.
  • the rotation of the upper shell component 24 relative to the lower shell component 21 can also be limited.
  • the groove edge abutment limiting method has high requirements on the structural strength of the shell of the charging box 20, which increases the cost of process and materials.
  • a preset angle can be set that is smaller than the angle at which the upper shell component 24 is opened relative to the lower shell component 21 when the groove edge of the slot 247 abuts against the outer wall of the lower shell component 21, so that when the upper shell component 24 is opened relative to the lower shell component 21 to the preset angle, further rotation will be limited by the limit mechanism, thereby avoiding the groove edge of the slot 247 from abutting against the outer wall of the lower shell component 21.
  • the upper shell assembly 24 and the lower shell assembly 21 can be opened to an angle of 120 degrees, and the preset angle is 110 degrees.
  • the limiting mechanism limits the further rotation of the upper shell assembly 24, thereby avoiding the abutment of the edge of the groove 247 against the outer wall of the lower shell assembly 21.
  • the rotating shaft mechanism 25 includes a first fixing seat 256 installed on the lower shell assembly 21 and a second fixing seat 257 installed on the upper shell assembly 24, and the rotating shaft 253 is inserted through the first fixing seat 256 and the second fixing seat 257.
  • the provision of the first fixing seat 256 and the second fixing seat 257 can increase the strength of the rotating shaft mechanism 25.
  • the limiting mechanism includes a first limiting member 271 connected to the first fixing seat 256, and a second limiting member 272 connected to the second fixing seat 257.
  • the extension direction of the first stopper 271 and the extension direction of the second stopper 272 are perpendicular to each other. Such an arrangement can increase the success rate of the abutment between the first stopper 271 and the second stopper 272.
  • the extension direction of one of the first stopper 271 and the second stopper 272 is arranged along the axial direction of the rotating shaft 253, and the extension direction of the other is arranged along the radial direction of the rotating shaft 253.
  • the relative rotation of the first stopper 271 and the second stopper 272 can be matched with the rotation of the upper shell assembly 24 and the lower shell assembly 21 relative to the rotating shaft 253, so that the first stopper 271 and the second stopper 272 can limit the rotation of the upper shell assembly 24 and the lower shell assembly 21 relative to the rotating shaft 253.
  • the first stopper 271 and the first fixing seat 256 are integrally formed metal parts.
  • the second stopper 272 and the second fixing seat 257 are integrally formed metal parts.
  • the first stopper 271 and the first fixing seat 256 are integrally formed metal parts, and the second stopper 272 and the second fixing seat 257 are integrally formed metal parts.
  • the first fixing seat 256 and the second fixing seat 257 are configured as metal parts so that both have a small volume under the premise of having sufficient strength, thereby reducing the occupation of the space of the charging box 20, which is conducive to reducing the volume of the charging box 20.
  • the first stopper 271 and the first fixing seat 256 are integrally formed or the second stopper 272 and the second fixing seat 257 are integrally formed so that when the first stopper 271 and the second stopper 272 resist the force, the torque is transmitted to the charging box 20 through the first fixing seat 256 or the second fixing seat 257, and the connection structure between the first fixing seat 256 and the second fixing seat 257 and the charging box 20 has a high connection strength. Therefore, the integral forming of the first limiting member 271 and the first fixing seat 256 or the integral forming of the second limiting member 272 and the second fixing seat 257 can increase the stability of the first limiting member 271 and the second limiting member 272 when they are in contact with each other.
  • one of the first limiting member 271 and the second limiting member 272 is provided with a limiting groove 2721, and the other of the first limiting member 271 and the second limiting member 272 cooperates with the limiting groove 2721 when the charging box 20 is opened to limit the rotation of the upper shell assembly 24 relative to the lower shell assembly 21.
  • the second limiting member 272 can be provided with a limiting groove 2721, and the first limiting member 271 extends into the limiting groove 2721 after the upper shell assembly 24 is opened to a first angle relative to the lower shell assembly 21, and the first angle is less than a preset angle.
  • the first limiting member 271 and the groove wall of the limiting groove 2721 abut.
  • the abutment between the first limiting member 271 and the limiting groove 2721 enables the groove wall of the limiting groove 2721 to limit the first limiting member 271 when the limiting mechanism is subjected to forces in other directions, thereby increasing the strength and reliability of the limiting mechanism.
  • the first limiting member 271 can be disengaged from the limiting groove 2721, thereby reducing the influence of the limiting mechanism on the charging box 20 when it is closed.
  • the first limiting member 271 can be provided with a limiting groove 2721, and the second limiting member 272 extends into the limiting groove 2721 after the upper shell assembly 24 is opened to a first angle relative to the lower shell assembly 21.
  • the angle between the extension direction of the first limit member 271 and the extension direction of the second limit member 272 is an obtuse angle.
  • Such a configuration enables the second limit member 272 or the first limit member 271 to smoothly extend into and out of the limit slot 2721 even when the length is shorter. If the extension direction of the first limit member 271 and the extension direction of the second limit member 272 are a right angle or an acute angle, the limit slot 2721 needs to be longer in length to ensure that the first limit member 271 or the second limit member 272 can be smoothly disengaged, which increases the overall volume of the hinge mechanism 25 and occupies more space in the charging box 20.
  • connection and cooperation between the lower shell component 21, the limiting mechanism and the rotating shaft mechanism 25 can refer to the following exemplary description: the lower shell component 21 is provided with two first support parts 215 spaced axially along the rotating shaft 253 and a first reinforcing part 216 located between the two first support parts 215.
  • the first reinforcing part 216 can refer to a reinforcing rib structure or a structure thicker than other side walls of the charging box 20.
  • the first reinforcing part 216 can enhance the structural strength of the charging box 20, so that the charging box 20 can stably carry the rotating shaft mechanism 25 and the limiting mechanism.
  • the two first support parts 215 are respectively provided with first embedding grooves 2151, and the first fixing seat 256 includes a first plate-shaped body 2561.
  • the first plate-shaped body 2561 is inserted into the first embedding grooves 2151 of the two first support parts 215 toward the lower edge of the lower shell component 21, and the first plate-shaped body 2561 abuts against the first reinforcing part 216.
  • the first reinforcing portion 216 can improve the structural strength of the lower shell assembly 21 itself
  • the first fixing seat 256 can cooperate with the first reinforcing portion 216 to increase the strength of the cooperation between the rotating shaft mechanism 25 and the lower shell assembly 21, so that the rotating shaft mechanism 25 can be easily assembled with the lower shell assembly 21.
  • the lower shell assembly 21 includes a lower shell body 213 and a lower shell lining 214, and the first supporting portion 215, the first reinforcing portion 216 and the first fixing seat 256 are arranged between the lower shell body 213 and the lower shell lining 214.
  • the first fixing seat 256 also includes two first extensions 2562, which extend from the first plate-shaped body 2561 toward the first reinforcement portion 216, and the first reinforcement portion 216 is located between the two first extensions 2562.
  • the first extension 2562 protrudes from the upper edge of the first plate-shaped body 2561 and is provided with a first shaft hole for the shaft 253 to pass through.
  • the first stopper 271 is located at one end of the first extension 2562 away from the first plate-shaped body 2561.
  • connection and cooperation of the upper shell component 24, the limiting mechanism and the rotating shaft mechanism 25 can refer to the following exemplary description.
  • the interior of the upper shell component 24 is provided with two second support parts 243 spaced along the axial direction of the rotating shaft 253, and the two second support parts 243 are provided with second embedded grooves 2431.
  • the second fixing seat 257 includes a second plate-shaped body 2571 and two second extension parts 2572.
  • the second plate-shaped body 2571 is inserted into the second embedded grooves 2431 of the two second support parts 243 toward the upper edge of the upper shell component.
  • the second extension part 2572 is connected to the second plate-shaped body 2571 and extends in the direction of the slot 247.
  • the second extension part 2572 is provided with a second rotating shaft hole for the rotating shaft 253 to pass through, and the first limiting member 271 is provided on the second extension part 2572.
  • Such a configuration can increase the strength of the rotating shaft mechanism 25 and the upper shell component 24, and the rotating shaft mechanism 25 can be easily assembled with the upper shell component 24.
  • the upper shell component 24 is provided with second reinforcing portions 246 at both ends of the slot 247, and the second extension portion 2572 includes a first sub-extension portion 2572a located between the two second reinforcing portions 246 and a second sub-extension portion 2572b connected to the first sub-extension portion 2572a and extending along the axial direction of the rotating shaft 253, and the second sub-extension portion 2572b is further connected to the second reinforcing portion 246.
  • the second sub-extension portion 2572b can be matched with the second reinforcing portion 246 by means of fixing members such as screws or rivets, thereby increasing the strength and stability of the first fixing seat 256 and the upper shell component 24.
  • the charging box 20 may include a magnetic conductive member 261 disposed in the lower shell assembly 21, and a permanent magnet 262 disposed in the upper shell assembly 24.
  • the magnetic conductive member 261 is fixed to the inner side of the lower shell lining 214 away from the upper shell assembly 24, and the permanent magnet 262 is fixed to the inner side of the upper shell lining 242 away from the lower shell assembly 21, which is conducive to reducing the distance between the magnetic conductive member 261 and the permanent magnet 262 after the charging box 20 is closed.
  • a Hall sensor 223 is provided on the main control circuit board 221, that is, the Hall sensor 223 is directly fixed on the main control circuit board 221, and the Hall sensor 223 is arranged adjacent to the magnetic conductive member 261.
  • the permanent magnet 262 magnetizes the magnetic conductive member 261 to different degrees, and the Hall sensor 223 senses the magnetic field of the magnetic conductive member 261 to detect the aforementioned open state or the aforementioned closed state.
  • the magnetic conductive member 261 causes the magnetic field generated by the permanent magnet 262 to converge more toward the Hall sensor 223 , which is beneficial to increase the reliability of the detection of the Hall sensor 223 and reduce the volume of the permanent magnet 262 .
  • the orthographic projections of each profiling groove 211 and the magnetic conductive member 261 on the main control circuit board 221 can be staggered to allow the magnetic conductive member 261 to be as close to the permanent magnet 262 as possible after the charging box 20 is closed.
  • the magnetic conductive member 261 when viewed from directly above the charging box 20, the magnetic conductive member 261 is located at any one of the first position (such as shown in the dotted frame P1 in FIG. 23 ), the second position (such as shown in the dotted frame P2 in FIG. 23 ), and the third position (such as shown in the dotted frame P3 in FIG. 23 ) on the periphery of the two profiling grooves 211.
  • the two contoured grooves 211 can be about a symmetry axis (for example, As shown by the dotted line SA in FIG. 23 ), the two earphones 10 are mirror-symmetrical to allow the two earphones 10 to be neatly placed in the charging box 20.
  • the magnetic conductive member 261 can be located on the axis of symmetry SA and away from the hinge mechanism 25. In this way, it is beneficial to increase the difference in the magnetic field sensed by the Hall sensor 223 to the magnetic conductive member 261 in the above-mentioned open state and the above-mentioned closed state, thereby increasing the reliability of the detection of the Hall sensor 223.
  • the axis of symmetry SA can be parallel to the line segment OP1OP2, and the axis of symmetry SA can also coincide with the line segment OP1OP2.
  • the positive projections of the magnetic conductive member 261 and the Hall sensor 223 on the main control circuit board 221 may at least partially overlap, which is beneficial to reducing the magnetic gap between the magnetic conductive member 261 and the Hall sensor 223, so that the magnetic field generated by the permanent magnet 262 is more concentrated toward the Hall sensor 223, especially in the above-mentioned covered state.
  • the Hall sensor 223 can be arranged on the side of the main control circuit board 221 facing the magnetic conductive member 261 to reduce the magnetic gap between the magnetic conductive member 261 and the Hall sensor 223; the Hall sensor 223 and the magnetic conductive member 261 can be spaced apart in the normal direction of the main control circuit board 221 to reduce the risk of collision between the magnetic conductive member 261 and the Hall sensor 223, especially under extreme conditions such as the charging box 20 falling.
  • the positive projections of the permanent magnet 262 and the magnetic conductive part 261 on the main control circuit board 221 can at least partially overlap, which is beneficial to reduce the magnetic gap between the permanent magnet 262 and the magnetic conductive part 261, so that the magnetic field generated by the permanent magnet 262 is more concentrated on the Hall sensor 223, especially in the above-mentioned covered state.
  • the charging box 20 may include a lower shell component 21, an upper shell component 24, a main control circuit board 221 and a magnetic attraction structure arranged in the lower shell component 21, and an upper shell magnet arranged in the upper shell component 24.
  • the upper shell magnet may be the above-mentioned permanent magnet 262, and a Hall sensor 223 may be arranged in the lower shell component 21, and the Hall sensor 223 may be electrically connected to the main control circuit board 221.
  • the magnetic attraction structure is used to maintain the placement state of the earphone 10 in the charging box 20 in a magnetic attraction manner.
  • the Hall sensor 223 can further detect the closing of the upper shell component 24 by detecting the approach of the upper shell magnet, so as to realize the closing detection of the charging box 20.
  • the type of the Hall sensor 223 can be a unipolar Hall switch triggered by the S pole, or a unipolar Hall switch triggered by the N pole, which is not specifically limited here. The following text application is explained by taking the Hall sensor 223 as an example of the S pole triggered type. When the type of the Hall sensor 223 is an N-pole triggered type, the principle is the same and will not be described in detail.
  • the Hall sensor 223 has two output states, which can output high level and low level respectively.
  • the Hall sensor 223 has a sensing surface, and the magnetic field is perpendicular to the sensing surface of the Hall sensor 223 at the Hall sensor 223, and the component in the positive direction of the sensing surface will act on the carriers of the Hall sensor 223, causing the carriers to deflect, thereby changing the output state of the Hall sensor 223.
  • the specific principle can at least refer to the prior art and will not be repeated.
  • the Hall sensor 223 as an example of the type of S-pole trigger, in the process of the S-pole of the magnet gradually approaching the Hall sensor 223, the magnetic field generated by the magnet at the Hall sensor 223 perpendicular to the positive direction of the sensing surface of the Hall sensor 223 gradually increases. When it increases to exceed a certain threshold (for example, when the magnetic field strength is 2mT or 3mT), the Hall sensor 223 changes from a high level to a low level.
  • a certain threshold for example, when the magnetic field strength is 2mT or 3mT
  • the charging box 20 also includes an auxiliary magnet that cooperates with the earphone 10 in the magnetic attraction structure or assists in closing the charging box 20.
  • the magnetic field of the magnetic attraction structure and auxiliary magnets in the charging box 20 will also have a certain impact on the Hall sensor.
  • the magnetic attraction structure set in the lower shell component 21 will affect the Hall sensor, but due to its relatively small volume, the impact on the Hall sensor 223 can be ignored. In other words, the magnetic field strength of the magnetic attraction structure acting on the Hall sensor 223 cannot reach the threshold for changing the output state of the Hall sensor 223 (that is, the presence or absence of the magnetic attraction structure will not change the output state of the Hall sensor 223).
  • the reason for the change in the state of the Hall sensor 223 is mainly due to the proximity of the upper shell magnet.
  • the Hall sensor 223 as an example of the S-pole triggered type, when the volume of the magnetic attraction structure is small, the output state of the Hall sensor 223 will not be changed by the magnetic field of the magnetic attraction structure.
  • the S pole of the upper shell magnet is close to the Hall sensor 223.
  • the Hall sensor 223 is affected by the magnetic field of the upper shell magnet.
  • the magnetic field strength reaches the threshold value for changing the output state, and its output state changes.
  • the output state change of the Hall sensor 223 can be from a high level to a low level.
  • the circuit in the main control circuit board can be designed to detect that the charging box 20 is closed when the Hall sensor 223 outputs a low level.
  • the first magnetic structure can use a magnet with a diameter of 8-15mm and a thickness of 2-4mm.
  • the effect of the magnetic field generated by the magnetic structure on the Hall sensor 223 cannot be ignored, that is, the magnetic field strength of the magnetic structure at the Hall sensor 223 has reached the threshold value for the Hall sensor 223 to change the output state, resulting in the magnetic field of the magnetic structure being able to change the output state of the Hall sensor 223 when the charging box 20 is not closed.
  • the present application may provide the following embodiments.
  • the matching relationship among the magnetic attraction structure, the upper shell magnet and the Hall sensor 223 can be set so that when the upper shell component 24 is in an open state relative to the lower shell component 21, the Hall sensor 223 is in a first state under the magnetic field of the magnetic attraction structure, and when the upper shell component 24 is in a closed state relative to the lower shell component 21, the upper shell magnet offsets the magnetic field effect of the magnetic attraction structure on the Hall sensor 223, so that the Hall sensor 223 switches to a second state different from the first state.
  • the first state refers to one of the states in which the Hall sensor 223 outputs a high level or the Hall sensor 223 outputs a low level
  • the second state refers to another state in which the Hall sensor 223 outputs a high level or the Hall sensor 223 outputs a low level that is different from the first state.
  • the above embodiment is illustrated by taking the unipolar Hall switch triggered by the S pole as an example.
  • the magnetic field of the magnetic attraction structure at the Hall sensor 223 reaches the threshold value of the Hall sensor 223 changing the output state (compared to the state when the Hall sensor 223 is completely unaffected by the magnetic field, that is, the presence or absence of the magnetic attraction structure will affect the output state of the Hall sensor 223).
  • the Hall sensor 223 is in the first state and outputs a low level.
  • the S pole of the magnetic attraction structure faces the upper shell component 24, and the angle between the connection line between the magnetic attraction structure and the Hall sensor 223 and the sensing surface of the Hall sensor 223 is less than 45 degrees. Then, the component of the magnetic attraction structure perpendicular to the sensing surface of the Hall sensor 223 at the Hall sensor 223 faces the positive direction of the sensing surface, which can trigger the Hall sensor 223 to the first state, that is, the low level.
  • the N pole of the upper shell magnet is set toward the lower shell component 21 when the charging box 20 is closed. In this way, when the charging box 20 is closed, the component of the upper shell magnet perpendicular to the sensing surface at the Hall sensor 223 is in the negative direction of the sensing surface.
  • the main control circuit board 221 can detect whether the charging box 20 is closed by detecting the output state of the Hall sensor 223. Through the above method, the charging box 20 can successfully realize the closed box detection even when the Hall sensor 223 is interfered by the magnetic attraction structure.
  • the magnetic field distribution of the upper shell magnet at the Hall sensor 223 can be adjusted to match the magnetic field distribution of the magnetic attraction structure at the Hall sensor 223, so that when the upper shell magnet approaches the Hall sensor 223, the direction of the total magnetic field acting on the Hall sensor 223 can be changed.
  • the difference in the magnetic field distribution of the upper shell magnet at the Hall sensor 223 can be reflected by the different physical parameters of the upper shell magnet.
  • the diameter of the upper shell magnet may range from 4 to 6 mm, and the thickness of the upper shell magnet may range from 1 to 8 mm.
  • FIG. 34 (FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram of the simulation results of the magnetic field at the Hall sensor 223 of the upper cover magnets of different thicknesses)
  • FIG. 34 (a) is a schematic diagram of the simulation results of the magnetic field at the Hall sensor 223 of the charging box 20 in the open state and the closed state when the earphone 10 is not placed.
  • FIG. 34 (b) is a schematic diagram of the simulation results of the magnetic field at the Hall sensor 223 of the charging box 20 in the open state and the closed state when the earphone 10 is placed.
  • the magnetic attraction structure 34 represent the positive and negative directions of the total magnetic field near the Hall sensor relative to the sensing surface.
  • the magnetic attraction structure uses a permanent magnet with a diameter of 10 mm and a thickness of 2.5 mm, and the earphone 10 is not placed in the charging box 20, the magnetic attraction structure will generate a magnetic field at the Hall sensor 223 with a direction toward the positive direction of the sensing surface of the Hall sensor 223 and a magnetic field strength of 6.5 mT.
  • the Hall sensor 223 is affected by the magnetic field of the magnetic attraction structure and is in a low level state.
  • the upper shell magnet After the upper shell assembly 24 is closed, the upper shell magnet will offset the magnetic field generated by the magnetic attraction structure at the Hall sensor 223, and flip the magnetic field there, so that the direction of the magnetic field at the Hall sensor 223 is toward the negative direction of the sensing surface, and the magnetic field strength becomes 5.1mT. At this time, the Hall sensor 223 is in a high level state.
  • the size of the upper cover magnet When the size of the upper cover magnet is different, its effect on the Hall sensor 223 is also different. For example, when the diameter of the upper shell magnet is 5mm, as the thickness of the upper shell magnet increases, the magnetic field strength at the Hall sensor 223 after flipping also gradually increases.
  • the earphone 10 is also provided with a first magnetic member that cooperates with the magnetic structure.
  • the first magnetic member is configured so that when the earphone 10 is contained in the charging box 20 and the upper shell component 24 is in an open state, the Hall sensor 223 is in a first state.
  • the first magnetic member is configured so that when the earphone 10 is contained in the charging box 20 and the upper shell component 24 is in a closed state, the Hall sensor 223 is in a second state.
  • the first magnetic member provided in the earphone 10 will also have an effect on the magnetic field at the Hall sensor 223 that is different from the magnetic structure.
  • the component of the first magnetic member perpendicular to the sensing surface at the Hall sensor 223 may be oriented in the positive direction of the sensing surface or in the negative direction of the sensing surface.
  • the first magnetic member is configured to only affect the magnitude of the magnetic field perpendicular to the sensing surface at the Hall sensor 223, and will not affect the direction of the total magnetic field at the Hall sensor 223.
  • the placement of the earphone 10 will not affect the output state of the Hall sensor 223.
  • FIG. 34(b) is a schematic diagram of the simulation results when there is an earphone 10 in the charging box 20.
  • the schematic diagram is made when the magnetic attraction structure uses a permanent magnet with a diameter of 10mm and a thickness of 2.5mm, and the upper shell magnet uses a permanent magnet with a diameter of 5mm and a thickness of 2mm.
  • the magnetic field at the Hall sensor 223 is a magnetic field with a magnetic field direction toward the positive direction of the sensing surface and a magnetic field strength of 7.1mT, and the Hall sensor 223 outputs a low level.
  • the upper shell assembly 24 flips the magnetic field at the Hall sensor 223 to a magnetic field with a magnetic field direction toward the negative direction of the sensing surface and a magnetic field strength of 4.5mT, and the Hall sensor 223 outputs a high level.
  • the earphone 10 further includes a second magnetic member independent of the first magnetic member, and the magnetic structure includes a second magnetic structure that is magnetically matched with the second magnetic member.
  • the first magnetic structure 231 and the first magnetic member in the earphone 10 can form a first magnetic matching pair
  • the second magnetic structure 232 and the second magnetic member in the earphone 10 can form a second magnetic matching pair
  • the aforementioned first magnetic matching pair and the aforementioned second magnetic matching pair make the electrode terminal 222 contact the electrode terminal 151 one by one. In this way, since the electrode terminal 222 and the electrode terminal 151 are located between the first magnetic matching pair and the second magnetic matching pair after pairing, the contact between the earphone 10 and the charging box 20 is better.
  • the volume of the second magnetic member and the second magnetic structure is smaller than that of the first magnetic member and the first magnetic structure 231, and the distance from the Hall sensor 223 to the first magnetic structure 231 is smaller than the distance from the Hall sensor 223 to the second magnetic structure. In this way, the influence of the second magnetic structure on the magnetic field at the Hall sensor 223 can be reduced, and the interference with the output state of the Hall sensor 223 can be reduced.
  • a magnetic conductive member 261 is further provided in the lower shell assembly 21, and the magnetic conductive member 261 can change the magnetic field distribution of the upper shell magnet, so as to collect the magnetic field of the upper shell magnet to increase the influence of the upper shell magnet on the Hall sensor 223.
  • the magnetic conductive member 261 can affect the magnetic field distribution at the Hall sensor 223.
  • the magnetic field generated by the magnetic conductive member 261 is further used to offset the magnetic field effect of the magnetic attraction structure on the Hall sensor 223, so that the Hall sensor 223 is switched to a second state different from the first state.
  • the upper shell magnet will magnetize the magnetic conductive member 261 to different degrees, and the Hall sensor 223 senses the magnetic field of the magnetic conductive member 261 to detect the aforementioned open state or the aforementioned closed state.
  • the magnetic conductive member 261 makes the magnetic field generated by the upper shell magnet converge more toward the Hall sensor 223, which is conducive to increasing the reliability of the Hall sensor 223 detection and reducing the volume of the upper shell magnet.
  • the distance from the Hall sensor 223 to the magnetic conductive member 261 can be set to be smaller than the distance from the Hall sensor 223 to the magnetic attraction structure, so that the magnetic field collected by the magnetic conductive member 261 can be closer to the Hall sensor 223.
  • the magnetic conductive member 261 can collect a limited magnetic field of the magnetic attraction structure to enhance the effect of the magnetic field collected by the magnetic conductive member 261 on the Hall sensor 223, while reducing the influence of the magnetic field of the magnetic attraction structure, which is beneficial to the reversal of the magnetic field at the Hall sensor 223.
  • the orthographic projections of the upper shell magnet and the magnetic conductive member 261 in the thickness direction can be set to at least partially overlap, so that the distance between the upper shell magnet and the magnetic conductive member 261 in the first reference direction or the second reference direction can be adjusted.
  • the centroids of the orthographic projections of the upper shell magnet and the magnetic conductive member 261 in the thickness direction can be set to coincide.
  • the distance between the upper shell magnet and the magnetic permeable member 261 in the thickness direction can be adjusted by setting the relative position of the magnetic permeable member 261 and the upper shell magnet installed in the charging box 20.
  • the upper shell magnet when the charging box 20 is closed, the upper shell magnet can have a smaller volume while ensuring that the upper shell magnet can change the output state of the Hall sensor 223, thereby reducing the volume of the charging box 20.
  • the distance between the magnetic permeable member 261 and the surface of the upper shell magnet close to each other can be set to be less than or equal to 5mm.
  • Such a configuration can provide a certain gap between the upper shell magnet and the magnetic conductive member, so that the side walls of the upper shell assembly and the side walls of the lower shell assembly (i.e., the aforementioned upper shell lining 242 and lower shell lining 214) can separate and cover the upper shell magnet and the magnetic conductive member 261, so that the two do not need to be exposed between the upper shell assembly 24 and the lower shell assembly 21, and no additional holes are required in the upper shell lining 242 and the lower shell lining 214, which is beneficial to increase the structural strength of the charging box 20 and also makes the charging box 20 more beautiful.
  • the end of the magnetic conductive member 261 away from the Hall sensor 223 can be arranged to directly abut against the bottom surface of the upper shell magnet, thereby increasing the magnetization of the magnetic conductive member 261 by the upper shell magnet, so that the magnetic field of the upper shell magnet can be more concentrated on the Hall sensor 223.
  • the lower shell component 21 is provided with contoured grooves 211 for accommodating the earphones 10, and the orthographic projection of the contoured grooves 211 on the main control circuit board 221 is staggered from the orthographic projections of the Hall sensor 223 and the upper shell magnet on the main control circuit board 221.
  • the Hall sensor 223 can be arranged outside the contoured groove 211, so that the Hall sensor 223 can be closer to the upper shell magnet, which is conducive to the upper shell magnet changing the output state of the Hall sensor 223.
  • an auxiliary magnet is further provided in the lower shell component 21.
  • the auxiliary magnet may be, for example, a magnet that assists the upper shell component 24 and the lower shell component 21 in magnetic attraction, or a magnet that assists the earphone 10 in engaging with the contoured groove 211.
  • the Hall sensor 223 When in the open state, the Hall sensor 223 is in the first state, and the auxiliary magnet is arranged so that when the upper shell assembly 24 is in the closed state, the Hall sensor 223 is in the second state. In other words, the auxiliary magnet will not have an effect on the output state of the Hall sensor 223 that is different from the magnetic attraction structure.

Landscapes

  • Headphones And Earphones (AREA)

Abstract

本申请主要是涉及一种耳机的充电盒，充电盒包括下壳组件、上壳组件，以及连接上壳组件与下壳组件的转轴机构，以使得充电盒能够打开或者闭合。充电盒进一步包括限位机构，限位机构用于限定上壳组件相对于下壳组件转动的角度。通过上述方式，能够提高充电盒的结构强度。

Description

一种充电盒 技术领域
本申请涉及电子设备的技术领域，具体是涉及一种耳机的充电盒。
背景技术
随着电子设备的不断普及，电子设备已经成为人们日常生活中不可或缺的社交、娱乐工具，人们对于电子设备的要求也越来越高。耳机这类电子设备，也已广泛地应用于人们的日常生活，它可以与手机、电脑等终端设备配合使用，以便于为用户提供听觉盛宴。其中，按照耳机的工作原理，一般可以分为气导耳机和骨导耳机；按照用户佩戴耳机的方式，一般又可以分为头戴式耳机、耳挂式耳机和入耳式耳机；按照耳机与电子设备之间的交互方式，一般还可以分为有线耳机和无线耳机。进一步地，耳机在电量不足、不使用等场景下可以容纳在相应的充电盒内，以便于充电、收纳。相关技术中，耳机的充电盒的结构强度不足以支撑其频繁的打开或闭合。
发明内容
本申请提供了一种充电盒，充电盒包括下壳组件、上壳组件，以及连接上壳组件与下壳组件的转轴机构，以使得充电盒能够打开或者闭合。充电盒进一步包括限位机构，限位机构用于限定上壳组件相对于下壳组件转动的角度。
在一些实施方式中，限位机构包括第一限位件和第二限位件，第一限位件和第二限位件在上壳组件相对于下壳组件转动至预设角度时彼此抵接。
在一些实施方式中，预设角度的范围为90°-110°。
在一些实施方式中，上壳组件靠近下壳组件的边缘上设置有一开槽，转轴机构包括桥接于开槽两端的转轴，上壳组件绕转轴相对于下壳组件转动，预设角度小于开槽的槽沿与下壳组件的外壁抵接时的角度。
在一些实施方式中，转轴机构包括安装于下壳组件的第一固定座和安装于上壳组件的第二固定座，转轴穿设于第二固定座和第一固定座，第一限位件与第一固定座连接，第二限位件与第二固定座连接。
在一些实施方式中，转轴机构包括安装于下壳组件的第一固定座和安装于上壳组件的第二固定座，第一限位件与第一固定座为一体成型的金属件，和/或，第二限位件与第二固定座为一体成型的金属件。
在一些实施方式中，第一限位件的延伸方向与第二限位件的延伸方向垂直。
在一些实施方式中，第一限位件和第二限位件中一者的延伸方向沿转轴的轴线方向设置，另一者的延伸方向沿转轴的径向设置。
在一些实施方式中，第一限位件和第二限位件中的一者设置有限位槽，第一限位件和第二限位件中的另一者在上壳组件相对于下壳组件打开至第一角度后伸入限位槽，第一限位件或第二限位件在上壳组件相对于下壳组件转动预设角度时与限位槽的槽壁抵接，第一角度小于预设角度。
在一些实施方式中，第一限位件的延伸方向与第二限位件的延伸方向之间的夹角为钝角。
在一些实施方式中，下壳组件的内部设置有沿转轴的轴向间隔的两个第一支撑部以及位于两个第一支撑部之间的第一加强部，两个支撑部上设置有第一嵌槽，第一固定座包括第一板状主体，第一板状主体朝向下壳组件的下边缘插入两个第一支撑部的第一嵌槽内，第一板状主体与第一加强部抵接。
在一些实施方式中，第一板状主体包括两个第一延伸部，第一加强部位于两个第一延伸部之间，第一延伸部的部分突出于第一板状主体背离下壳组件的上边缘，并设置有供转轴穿过的第一转轴孔；第一限位件位于第一延伸部远离第一板状主体的一端。
在一些实施方式中，上壳组件的内部设置有沿转轴的轴向间隔的两个第二支撑部，两个第二支撑部上设置有第二嵌槽，第二固定座包括第二板状主体以及两个第二延伸部，第二板状主体朝向上壳组件的上边缘插入两个第二支撑部的第二嵌槽内，第二延伸部与第二板状主体连接，并朝向开槽延伸，第二延伸部设置有供转轴穿过的第二转轴孔，第二限位件设置于第二延伸部上。
在一些实施方式中，上壳组件的内部设置有位于开槽两端的第二加强部，第二延伸部包括包括与第二加强部连接的第一子延伸部。
本申请的有益效果是：通过设置限位机构，能够限制上壳组件相对下壳组件打开的角度，从而减少因上壳组件转动过度而导致的充电盒的壳体结构损坏的风险，以及因为壳体抵接所造成的充电盒表面磨损等问题。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例中的技术方案，下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1是本申请所述的用户的耳部的前侧轮廓示意图；
图2是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图；
图3是本申请提供的耳机一实施例在佩戴状态下的示意图；
图4是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图；
图5是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图；
图6是本申请提供的耳机一实施例中机芯模组位于耳部上不同位置时在同一听音位置测得的频响曲线的对比图；
图7是图2中耳机一实施例沿A1-A1剖切方向的剖面结构示意图；
图8是图2中耳机一实施例沿A2-A2剖切方向的剖面结构示意图；
图9是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图；
图10是本申请提供的机芯壳体一实施例的结构示意图；
图11是本申请提供的机芯壳体一实施例的结构示意图；
图12是本申请提供的支架一实施例的结构示意图；
图13是图8中耳机一实施例在B1区域的放大结构示意图；
图14是图8中耳机一实施例在B2区域的放大结构示意图；
图15是本申请提供的钩状结构一实施例的结构示意图；
图16是图15中钩状结构一实施例沿A3-A3剖切方向的剖面结构示意图；
图17是图15中钩状结构一实施例沿垂直于A3-A3剖切方向的另一剖切方向的剖面结构示意图；
图18是图15中钩状结构一实施例的分解结构示意图；
图19是本申请提供的充电盒一实施例的结构示意图；
图20是图19中充电盒一实施例内放置有耳机后的结构示意图；
图21是本申请提供的充电盒一实施例的结构示意图；
图22是图21中充电盒一实施例盖合后沿A4-A4剖切方向的剖面结构示意图；
图23是图22中充电盒一实施例的结构示意图；
图24是图19中充电盒一实施例沿A5-A5剖切方向的剖面结构示意图；
图25是本申请提供的充电盒的上壳组件设置有限制件的结构示意图；
图26是图25中的上壳组件设置有限制件的另一视角的结构示意图；
图27是本申请充电盒一实施例处于打开状态下的剖面结构示意图；
图28是本申请充电盒中限位机构一实施例的结构分解示意图；
图29是图28中限位机构实施例未分解的局部结构示意图；
图30是本申请充电盒中限位机构另一实施例的结构分解示意图；
图31是图30中限位机构实施例未分解的局部结构示意图；
图32是图31中限位结构沿A6-A6剖切方向的剖面结构示意图；
图33是本申请充电盒实施例处于闭合状态下的剖面结构示意图；
图34是本申请充电盒实施例霍尔传感器处的磁场仿真结果示意图。
具体实施方式
下面结合附图和实施例，对本申请作进一步的详细描述。特别指出的是，以下实施例仅用于说明本申请，但不对本申请的范围进行限定。同样的，以下实施例仅为本申请的部分实施例而非全部实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本申请保护的范围。
本申请中提及“实施例”意味着，结合实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本申请的至少一个实施例中。本领域技术人员显式地和隐式地理解的是，本申请所描述的实施例可以与其他实施例相结合。
结合图1，用户的耳部100可以包括外耳道101、耳甲腔102、耳甲艇103、三角窝104、对耳轮105、耳舟106、耳轮107及对耳屏108等生理部位。虽然外耳道101具有一定的深度并延伸至耳部的鼓膜，但是为了便于描述，并结合图1，本申请在没有特别说明的情况下，外耳道101具体是指其背离鼓膜的入口(也即耳孔)。进一步地，耳甲腔102、耳甲艇103、三角窝104等生理部位具有一定的容积及深 度；0且耳甲腔102与外耳道101直接连通，也即可以简单地视作前述耳孔位于耳甲腔102的底部。
进一步地，不同的用户可能存在个体差异，导致耳部存在不同的形状、大小等尺寸差异。为了便于描述，以及减小(甚至是消除)不同用户的个体差异，基于ANSI:S3.36,S3.25和IEC:60318-7标准可以制得一含头部及其(左、右)耳部的模拟器，例如GRAS 45BC KEMAR。因此，本申请中，诸如“用户佩戴耳机”、“耳机处于佩戴状态”及“在佩戴状态下”等描述可以指本申请的耳机佩戴于前述模拟器的耳部。当然，正是因为不同的用户存在个体差异，耳机被不同的用户佩戴时可能会与耳机佩戴于前述模拟器的耳部存在一定的差异，但是这种差异应该是被容忍的。
需要说明的是：在医学、解剖学等领域中，可以定义人体的矢状面(Sagittal Plane)、冠状面(Coronal Plane)和水平面(Horizontal Plane)三个基本切面以及矢状轴(Sagittal Axis)、冠状轴(Coronal Axis)和垂直轴(Vertical Axis)三个基本轴。其中，矢状面是指沿身体前后方向所作的与地面垂直的切面，它将人体分为左右两部分；冠状面是指沿身体左右方向所作的与地面垂直的切面，它将人体分为前后两部分；水平面是指沿身体上下方向所作的与地面平行的切面，它将人体分为上下两部分。相应地，矢状轴是指沿身体前后方向且垂直于冠状面的轴，冠状轴是指沿身体左右方向且垂直于矢状面的轴，垂直轴是指沿身体上下方向且垂直于水平面的轴。进一步地，本申请的“耳部的前侧”是一个相对于“耳部的后侧”的概念，前者指耳部背离头部的一侧，后者指耳部朝向头部的一侧，他们均是针对用户的耳部。其中，沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察上述模拟器的耳部，可以得到图1所示的耳部的前侧轮廓示意图。
作为示例性地，结合图2至图5，耳机10可以包括机芯模组11和与机芯模组11连接的钩状结构12，机芯模组11在佩戴状态下位于耳部的前侧，至少部分钩状结构12在佩戴状态下位于耳部的后侧，以使得耳机10在佩戴状态下挂设在耳部上。其中，机芯模组11可以具有与钩状结构12连接的连接端CE和不与钩状结构12连接的自由端FE。进一步地，机芯模组11可以设置成在佩戴状态下不堵住外耳道，使得耳机10作为“开放式耳机”。其中，由于不同的用户存在个体差异，使得耳机10被不同的用户佩戴时，机芯模组11可能会部分遮挡外耳道，但外耳道依旧未被堵住。
为了改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的稳定性，耳机10可以采用以下几种方式中的任何一种或其组合。其一，钩状结构12的至少部分设置成与耳部的后侧和头部中的至少一者贴合的仿形结构，以增加钩状结构12与耳部和/或头部的接触面积，从而增加耳机10从耳部上脱落的阻力。其二，钩状结构12的至少部分设置成弹性结构，使之在佩戴状态下具有一定的形变量，以增加钩状结构12对耳部和/或头部的正压力，从而增加耳机10从耳部上脱落的阻力。其三，钩状结构12至少部分设置成在佩戴状态下抵靠在头部上，使之形成压持耳部的反作用力，以使得机芯模组11压持在耳部的前侧，从而增加耳机10从耳部上脱落的阻力。其四，机芯模组11和钩状结构12设置成在佩戴状态下从耳部的前后两侧夹持对耳轮所在区域、耳甲腔所在区域等生理部位，从而增加耳机10从耳部上脱落的阻力。其五，机芯模组11或者与之连接的辅助结构设置成至少部分伸入耳甲腔、耳甲艇、三角窝及耳舟等生理部位内，从而增加耳机10从耳部上脱落的阻力。
作为示例性地，结合图3，在佩戴状态下，机芯模组11的自由端FE可以伸入耳甲腔内。其中，机芯模组11和钩状结构12可以设置成从耳甲腔所对应的耳部区域的前后两侧共同夹持前述耳部区域，从而增加耳机10从耳部上脱落的阻力，进而改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的稳定性。例如，自由端FE在厚度方向X上压持在耳甲腔内；再例如，自由端FE在长度方向Y和宽度方向Z上抵接在耳甲腔内。
需要说明的是：在佩戴状态下，机芯模组11的自由端FE除了伸入耳甲腔内之外，也可以正投影落在对耳轮上，还可以正投影落在头部的左右两侧且在人体矢状轴上位于耳部前侧的位置上。换言之，钩状结构12可以支撑机芯模组11佩戴至耳甲腔、对耳轮、耳部前侧等佩戴位。
作为示例性地，结合图3及图4，机芯模组11可以具有在佩戴状态下沿厚度方向X朝向耳部的内侧面IS和背离耳部的外侧面OS，以及连接内侧面IS和外侧面OS的连接面。其中，厚度方向X可以定义为在佩戴状态下机芯模组11靠近或者远离耳部的方向。进一步地，至少部分前述连接面在佩戴状态下位于耳甲腔内，并与上述耳部区域的前侧形成第一接触区，钩状结构12在佩戴状态与上述耳部区域的后侧形成第二接触区，前述第二接触区和前述第一接触区在上述耳部区域的耳厚方向上至少部分重叠。如此，不仅机芯模组11和钩状结构12可以从耳部的前后两侧共同夹持耳部，而且所形成的夹持力主要表现为压应力，有利于改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的稳定性和舒适度。
需要说明的是：在佩戴状态下，并沿冠状轴所在方向观察，机芯模组11可以设置成圆形、椭圆形、圆角正方形、圆角矩形等形状。其中，当机芯模组11设置成圆形、椭圆形等形状时，上述连接面可以指机芯模组11的弧形侧面；而当机芯模组11设置成圆角正方形、圆角矩形等形状时，上述连接面可以包括后文中提及的下侧面LS、上侧面US和后侧面RS。进一步地，机芯模组11可以具有垂直于厚度方向X且彼此正交的长度方向Y和宽度方向Z。其中，长度方向Y可以定义为在佩戴状态下机芯模组11靠近或者远离用户脑后的方向，宽度方向Z可以定义为在佩戴状态下机芯模组11靠近或者远离用户 头顶的方向。因此，为了便于描述，本实施例以机芯模组11设置成圆角矩形为例进行示例性的说明。其中，机芯模组11在长度方向Y上的长度可以大于机芯模组11在宽度方向Z上的宽度。
作为示例性地，结合图2、图3及图5，在佩戴状态下，并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察，连接端CE相较于自由端FE更靠近头顶，以便于自由端FE伸入耳甲腔内。基于此，长度方向Y与人体矢状轴所在方向之间的夹角可以介于15°与60°之间。其中，如果前述夹角太小，容易导致自由端FE无法伸入耳甲腔内，以及机芯模组11上的出声孔111a与外耳道相距太远；如果前述夹角太大，同样容易导致自由端FE无法伸入耳甲腔内，以及外耳道被机芯模组11堵住。换言之，如此设置，既允许自由端FE伸入耳甲腔内，又使得机芯模组11上的出声孔111a与外耳道具有合适的距离，以在外耳道不被堵住的情况下，用户能够更多地听到机芯模组11产生的声波。
作为示例性地，结合图4，钩状结构12在一垂直于长度方向Y的参考平面(例如图4中XZ平面)上的正投影与自由端FE在同一参考平面上的正投影部分重叠。其中，钩状结构12在前述参考平面上的正投影与自由端FE在同一参考平面上的正投影所形成的重叠区域在厚度方向X上位于内侧面IS与外侧面OS之间。如此，不仅机芯模组11和钩状结构12可以从耳部的前后两侧共同夹持耳部，而且所形成的夹持力主要表现为压应力，有利于改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的稳定性和舒适度。
进一步地，结合图2、图4、图5及图9，钩状结构12可以包括与机芯模组11连接的弹性金属丝121和与弹性金属丝121远离机芯模组11的一端连接的电池壳体123，电池壳体123内设置有与机芯模组11耦接的电池14，电池壳体123在上述参考平面上的正投影与自由端FE在同一参考平面上的正投影部分重叠。如此，以在自由端FE抵靠在耳甲腔内时，电池壳体123可以从耳部的后侧支撑耳部，这样有利于改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的稳定性。其中，电池壳体123可以包括与弹性金属丝121连接的盖壳1231和与盖壳1231连接的电池仓1232，电池仓1232和盖壳1231配合形成容纳电池14的腔体结构。
作为示例性地，结合图5，机芯模组11可以具有在佩戴状态下沿宽度方向Z背离外耳道的上侧面US和朝向外耳道的下侧面LS，以及连接上侧面US和下侧面LS的后侧面RS，后侧面RS在佩戴状态下位于长度方向Y朝向脑后的一端，并至少部分位于耳甲腔内。其中，钩状结构12在垂直于厚度方向X的参考平面(例如图5中YZ平面)上的正投影朝向机芯模组11一侧的边缘可以划分为呈连续的弧形过渡的第一区段S1和第二区段S2，第一区段S1和第二区段S2之间的分界点DP为前述边缘沿宽度方向Z与上侧面US相距最远的位置。进一步地，钩状结构12在第一区段S1的整体弯曲程度大于钩状结构12在第二区段S2的整体弯曲程度。如此，既允许自由端FE伸入耳甲腔内，又使得钩状结构12能够与机芯模组11配合提供合适的夹持力。
需要说明的是：上述整体弯曲程度可以用于定性地描述钩状结构12的不同区段的弯曲程度，其中每一区段的曲率半径可以为定值或者连续变化。因此，第一区段S1内至少存在一点的曲率半径小于第二区段S2内任意一点的曲率半径。进一步地，上述整体弯曲程度也可以定量地用平均曲率半径进行表征，也即先求每一区段上N个点的曲率半径再取平均值。
进一步地，在钩状结构12的延伸方向上，第二区段S2的长度可以大于第一区段S1的长度，以便于钩状结构12与机芯模组11一同夹持耳部，以及增加钩状结构12与用户皮肤接触的面积，这样有利于改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的稳定性。
在一些实施方式中，耳机10具有平行于宽度方向Z的第一参考线段RL1，第一参考线段RL1的起点为第一参考线段RL1与上侧面US相交的点，第一参考线段RL1的终点为分界点DP。其中，后文中提及的第二参考线段RL2、第三参考线段RL3和第四参考线段RL4在宽度方向Z上依次距离第一参考线段RL1的起点越来越远。进一步地，第一参考线段RL1的长度可以介于13mm与20mm之间。其中，如果第一参考线段RL1的长度太小，容易导致自由端FE无法伸入耳甲腔内，以及机芯模组11上的出声孔111a与外耳道相距太远；如果第一参考线段RL1的长度太大，同样容易导致自由端FE无法伸入耳甲腔内，以及外耳道被机芯模组11堵住。换言之，如此设置，既允许自由端FE伸入耳甲腔内，又使得机芯模组11上的出声孔111a与外耳道具有合适的距离，以在外耳道不被堵住的情况下，用户能够更多地听到机芯模组11产生的声波。
进一步地，过第一参考线段RL1的1/4处且平行于长度方向Y的第二参考线段RL2与第一区段S1和第二区段S2分别相交于第一交点P1和第二交点P2，第一交点P1与第一参考线段RL1的起点之间的距离可以介于9mm与15mm之间，第二交点P2与第一参考线段RL1的起点之间的距离可以介于12mm与19mm之间；过第一参考线段RL1的1/2处且平行于长度方向Y的第三参考线段RL3与第一区段S1和第二区段S2分别相交于第三交点P3和第四交点P4，第三交点P3与第一参考线段RL1的起点之间的距离可以介于11mm与18mm之间，第四交点P4与第一参考线段RL1的起点之间的距离可以介于12mm与19mm之间；过第一参考线段RL1的3/4处且平行于长度方向Y的第四参考线段RL4与 第一区段S1和第二区段S2分别相交于第五交点P5和第六交点P6，第五交点P5与第一参考线段RL1的起点之间的距离可以介于12mm与19mm之间，第六交点P6与第一参考线段RL1的起点之间的距离可以介于12mm与19mm之间。如此，以在自由端FE伸入耳甲腔内，且机芯模组11上的出声孔111a与外耳道具有合适的距离时，使得钩状结构12更好地与耳部贴合。
在一些实施方式中，第二区段S2与后侧面RS之间具有沿长度方向Y间距最短的第五参考线段RL5，第五参考线段RL5的长度可以介于2mm与3mm之间。其中，如果第五参考线段RL5的长度太小，容易导致机芯模组11和钩状结构12对耳部的夹持力过大而引起佩戴不适；如果第五参考线段RL5的长度太大，容易导致机芯模组11和钩状结构12对耳部的夹持力过小而引起佩戴不稳。换言之，如此设置，以兼顾耳机10在佩戴状态下的稳定性和舒适度。
进一步地，对第五参考线段RL5作如下定义：以第五参考线段RL5与后侧面RS相交的点作为第五参考线段RL5的起点，以第五参考线段RL5与第二区段S2相交的点作为第五参考线段RL5的终点。其中，第一参考线段RL1与上侧面US的交点沿长度方向Y的正投影与第二区段S2相交于第七交点P7，第一参考线段RL1的延长线与下侧面LS的交点沿长度方向Y的正投影与第二区段S2相交于第八交点P8，第七交点P7与第五参考线段RL5的起点之间的距离可以介于5mm与9mm之间，第八交点P8与第五参考线段RL5的起点之间的可以距离介于5mm与9mm之间。如此，以在兼顾耳机10在佩戴状态下的稳定性和舒适度时，使得钩状结构12更好地与耳部贴合。
作为示例性地，结合图7、图8及图5，机芯模组11可以包括与钩状结构12连接的机芯壳体111和设置在机芯壳体111内的扬声器112。其中，机芯壳体111在佩戴状态下朝向耳部的内侧面(例如上文中提及的内侧面IS)设置有出声孔111a，扬声器112产生的声波经由出声孔111a传播而出，以便于传入外耳道。值得注意的是：出声孔111a也可以设置在机芯壳体111对应于下侧面LS的一侧，还可以设置在前述内侧面与下侧面LS之间的拐角处。进一步地，扬声器112可以包括磁路系统、伸入磁路系统的音圈以及与音圈连接的振膜，音圈通电之后产生的磁场与磁路系统所形成的磁场相互作用，从而驱动振膜产生机械振动，进而经由空气等媒介的传播产生声音。
进一步地，结合图7至图9，耳机10可以包括设置在机芯壳体111内的主控电路板13和设置在钩状结构12远离机芯模组11一端的电池14，电池14和扬声器112分别与主控电路板13耦接，以允许电池14在主控电路板13的控制下为扬声器112供电。当然，电池14和扬声器112也可以均设置在机芯壳体111内，且电池14可以更靠近连接端CE而扬声器112则可以更靠近自由端FE。
作为示例性地，结合图3及图1，由于耳甲腔具有一定的容积及深度，使得自由端FE伸入耳甲腔内之后，机芯壳体111的内侧面IS与耳甲腔之间能够具有一定的间距。换言之，机芯模组11在佩戴状态下与耳甲腔可以配合形成与外耳道连通的辅助腔体，出声孔111a至少部分位于前述辅助腔体内。如此，在佩戴状态下，扬声器112产生的并经由出声孔111a传播而出的声波会受到前述辅助腔体的限制，也即前述辅助腔体能够聚拢声波，使得声波能够更多地传播至外耳道内，从而提高用户在近场听到的声音的音量和音质，这样有利于改善耳机10的声学效果。进一步地，由于机芯模组11可以设置成在佩戴状态下不堵住外耳道，使得前述辅助腔体可以呈半开放式设置。如此，扬声器112产生的并经由出声孔111a传播而出的声波，除了大部分传播至外耳道之外，小部分经由机芯模组11与耳部之间的缝隙(例如耳甲腔未被机芯模组11覆盖的一部分)传播至耳机10及耳部的外部，从而在远场形成第一漏音；与此同时，机芯模组11一般会开设声学孔(例如后文中提及的泄压孔111c)，经由前述声学孔传播出去的声波一般会在远场形成第二漏音，且前述第一漏音的相位和前述第二漏音的相位(接近)互为反相，使得两者能够在远场反相相消，这样有利于降低耳机10在远场的漏音。
进一步地，耳机10可以包括连接机芯模组11和钩状结构12的调节机构，不同的用户在佩戴状态下能够通过调节机构调节机芯模组11在耳部上的相对位置，以使得机芯模组11位于一个合适的位置，从而使得机芯模组11与耳甲腔形成上述辅助腔体。除此之外，由于调节机构的存在，用户也能够调节耳机10佩戴至更加稳定、舒适的位置。
作为示例性地，结合图6，先将耳机10佩戴在上述模拟器上，再调节机芯模组11在上述模拟器的耳部上的位置，然后通过设置在上述模拟器的外耳道内(例如鼓膜所在位置，也即听音位置)的探测器(例如麦克风)测得耳机10的频响曲线，从而模拟用户佩戴耳机10后的听音效果。其中，前述频响曲线可以用于表征振动大小与频率之间的变化关系；前述频响曲线的横坐标可以表示频率，单位为Hz；前述频响曲线的纵坐标可以表示振动大小，单位为dB。图6中，曲线6_1可以表示机芯模组11在佩戴状态下未与耳甲腔形成上述辅助腔体时的频响曲线，曲线6_2可以表示机芯模组11在佩戴状态下与耳甲腔配合形成上述辅助腔体时的频响曲线。基于此，从图6所示的频响曲线的对比图可以直接地、毫无疑义地得出：曲线6_2整体上位于曲线6_1的上方，也即相较于机芯模组11在佩戴状态下未与耳甲腔形成上述辅助腔体，机芯模组11在佩戴状态下与耳甲腔形成上述辅助腔体更有利于改善耳机10的声学 效果。
作为示例性地，结合图7、图9及图11，机芯模组11可以包括设置在机芯壳体111外的柔性嵌块1131，柔性嵌块1131的硬度小于机芯壳体111的硬度。其中，机芯壳体111可以为塑胶制件；柔性嵌块1131的材质可以为硅胶、橡胶等，并可以通过注塑的方式形成在机芯壳体111的预设区域上。进一步地，柔性嵌块1131可以至少部分覆盖在机芯壳体111对应于自由端FE的区域，以使得机芯模组11至少部分通过柔性嵌块1131抵靠在耳甲腔内。换言之，机芯壳体111伸入耳甲腔且与耳甲腔接触的部分可以被柔性嵌块1131覆盖。如此，当机芯模组11抵靠在耳甲腔内时，例如当机芯模组11和钩状结构12设置成从耳部的耳甲腔所对应的耳部区域的前后两侧共同夹持前述耳部区域时，柔性嵌块1131在机芯壳体111与耳部(例如前述耳部区域)之间起到缓冲作用，以缓解耳机10对耳部的压力，这样有利于改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的舒适度。
作为示例性地，柔性嵌块1131可以连续地覆盖在机芯壳体111对应于后侧面RS、上侧面US和下侧面LS的至少部分区域上。例如：机芯壳体111对应于后侧面RS的区域被柔性嵌块1131覆盖90％以上，机芯壳体111对应于上侧面US和下侧面LS的区域分别被柔性嵌块1131覆盖30％左右。如此，以兼顾耳机10在佩戴状态下的舒适度与机芯壳体111内设置扬声器112等结构件的需求。
在一些实施方式中，沿厚度方向X上观察，柔性嵌块1131可以呈U型设置。
在一些实施方式中，柔性嵌块1131对应于下侧面LS的部分可以抵靠在对耳屏上。其中，柔性嵌块1131对应于后侧面RS的部分的厚度可以分别小于柔性嵌块1131对应于的上侧面US和下侧面LS的部分的厚度，以在机芯模组11抵靠在耳甲腔内不平的位置时也能够获得良好的舒适度。
作为示例性地，结合图7及图8，机芯壳体111可以包括沿厚度方向X彼此扣合的机芯内壳1111和机芯外壳1112，机芯内壳1111在佩戴状态下相较于机芯外壳1112更靠近耳部。其中，机芯外壳1112和机芯内壳1111之间的分模面111b在靠近自由端FE的方向上向机芯内壳1111所在一侧倾斜，以使得柔性嵌块1131能够尽可能地设置在机芯外壳111对应于自由端FE的区域。例如：结合图11，柔性嵌块1131全部设置在机芯外壳111对应于自由端FE的区域，以简化机芯模组11的结构，降低加工成本。
作为示例性地，结合图7、图8及图11，机芯模组11可以包括柔性覆层1132，柔性覆层1132的硬度小于机芯壳体111的硬度。其中，机芯壳体111可以为塑胶制件；柔性覆层1132的材质可以为硅胶、橡胶等，并可以通过注塑、胶水连接等方式形成在机芯壳体111的预设区域上。进一步地，柔性覆层1132可以一体地覆盖在至少部分柔性嵌块1131的外表面和至少部分机芯外壳1112未被柔性嵌块1131覆盖的外表面上，这样有利于增强机芯模组11在外观上的一致性。当然，柔性覆层1132可以进一步覆盖在机芯内壳1111的外表面上。其中，柔性嵌块1131的硬度小于柔性覆层1132的硬度，以允许柔性嵌块1131足够的柔软。除此之外，柔性覆层1132也能够改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的舒适度，且具有一定的结构强度以保护柔性嵌块1131。进一步地，柔性嵌块1131的外表面的面积可以介于126mm2与189mm2之间。其中，如果前述面积太小，容易导致机芯模组11在佩戴状态下的舒适度恶化；如果前述面积太大，容易导致机芯模组11的体积过大，以及因柔性嵌块1131不与耳甲腔抵靠的面积过大而与设置柔性嵌块1131的初衷背离。进一步地，柔性覆层1132的厚度小于机芯外壳1112的厚度。
作为示例性地，结合图11及图9，机芯模组11可以包括设置在机芯外壳1112与柔性覆层1132之间的天线图案1141和/或触控图案1142等金属功能图案。其中，天线图案1141可以借助激光直接成型技术(Laser-Direct-structuring,LDS)成型在机芯外壳1112的外侧；触控图案1142既可以借助激光直接成型技术成型在机芯外壳1112的外侧，也可以为粘贴在机芯外壳1112外侧的柔性触控电路板。进一步地，机芯外壳1112设置有分别与天线图案1141和触控图案1142连接的金属化孔。此时，由于主控电路板13设置在机芯壳体111内，例如主控电路板13与机芯外壳1112连接，使得主控电路板13可以通过诸如pogo-PIN、金属弹片等弹性金属件与相应的金属化孔的内壁接触，例如天线图案1141和触控图案1142分别与焊接在主控电路板13上的pogo-PIN131和pogo-PIN132连接。相应地，扬声器112位于主控电路板13背离机芯外壳1112的一侧。如此，相较于天线图案1141和触控图案1142分别设置在机芯外壳1112朝向扬声器112的内侧，天线图案1141设置在机芯外壳1112的外侧可以增大其与主控电路板13之间的间距，也即增大天线净空区，从而增加对天线图案1141的抗干扰性；触控图案1142设置在机芯外壳1112的外侧可以缩短其与外界的信号触发源(例如用户的手指)之间的间距，也即缩小触控间距，从而增大触控图案1142被用户触发的灵敏度。
在一些实施方式中，天线图案1141可以环绕在触控图案1142的外围，以充分利用机芯外壳1112外侧的空间。其中，天线图案1141可以呈U型设置，触控图案1142可以呈方形设置。
进一步地，机芯模组11可以包括焊接在主控电路板13上的麦克风133，麦克风133可以通过设置在机芯外壳1112上的拾音通孔拾取用户语音和环境声音。其中，主控电路板13与机芯外壳1112连接时，可以进一步将麦克风133压持在机芯外壳1112上。
作为示例性地，结合图10及图11，机芯内壳1111可以包括底壁1113和与底壁1113连接的第一侧壁1114，机芯外壳1112可以包括顶壁1115和与顶壁1115连接的第二侧壁1116，第二侧壁1116和第一侧壁1114沿分模面111b彼此扣合，且两者可以彼此支撑。其中，沿宽度方向Z观察，并在连接端CE指向自由端FE的参考方向(例如图10及图11中箭头Y的反方向)上，第一侧壁1114靠近自由端FE的部分在厚度方向X上逐渐靠近底壁1113，第二侧壁1116靠近自由端FE的部分在厚度方向X上逐渐远离顶壁1115，以使得分模面111b在靠近自由端FE的方向上向机芯内壳1111所在一侧倾斜。此时，柔性嵌块1131至少部分设置在第二侧壁1116的外侧。例如：结合图11及图9，柔性嵌块1131除了设置在第二侧壁1116的外侧之外，还部分设置在顶壁1115的外侧。相应地，出声孔111a可以设置在底壁1113上。当然，出声孔111a也可以设置在第一侧壁1114对应于下侧面LS的一侧，还可以设置在第一侧壁1114与底壁1113之间的拐角处。进一步地，天线图案1141和触控图案1142及其各自的金属化孔可以设置在顶壁1115上，麦克风133的拾音通孔也可以设置在顶壁1115上。
作为示例性地，结合图7及图11，机芯外壳1112可以设置有至少部分位于第二侧壁1116上的嵌入槽，柔性嵌块1131嵌入前述嵌入槽内，以使得机芯外壳1112未被柔性嵌块1131覆盖的区域的外表面与柔性嵌块1131的外表面连续过渡。其中，图7中柔性嵌块1131所在的区域即可简单地视作前述嵌入槽。如此，不仅有利于柔性嵌块1131在注塑过程中堆积在机芯外壳1112上，避免柔性嵌块1131四溢，还有利于改善机芯模组11的外观品质，避免机芯模组11的表面坑坑洼洼。
进一步地，第二侧壁1116可以包括第一子侧壁段1117和与第一子侧壁段1117连接的第二子侧壁段1118，第一子侧壁段1117在厚度方向X上相较于第二子侧壁段1118更靠近顶壁1115，第二子侧壁段1118相较于第一子侧壁段1117朝向机芯壳体111的外侧凸出。简而言之，第二侧壁1116可以呈台阶状结构。如此，不仅有利于柔性嵌块1131在注塑过程中堆积在机芯外壳1112上，避免柔性嵌块1131四溢，还有利于机芯模组11更好地通过柔性嵌块1131抵靠在耳甲腔内，从而改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的舒适度。
进一步地，主控电路板13可以与机芯外壳1112连接，例如固定在与顶壁1115连接的热熔柱上，并可以在厚度方向X上与第一子侧壁段1117部分重叠；扬声器112可以在厚度方向X上与第二子侧壁段1118部分重叠。如此，有利于机芯壳体111内设置足够大的扬声器112，从而增强耳机10产生的声音音量。
作为示例性地，结合图10及图8，机芯壳体111可以设置有泄压孔111c，泄压孔111c使得扬声器112朝向主控电路板13一侧的空间与外界环境连通，也即空气能够自由地进出前述空间。如此，有利于降低扬声器112的振膜在振动过程中的阻力。其中，泄压孔111c可以在佩戴状态下朝向头顶，有利于避免经由泄压孔111c传播的声波形成漏音(也即上述第二漏音)被听到。基于亥姆霍兹共振腔，泄压孔111c的孔径可以尽可能大，以使得第二漏音的谐振频率尽可能往频率较高的频段(例如大于4kHz的频率范围)偏移，这样有利于进一步避免第二漏音被听到。
进一步地，机芯壳体111可以设置有调声孔111d，调声孔111d使得第二漏音的谐振频率尽可能往频率较高的频段(例如大于4kHz的频率范围)偏移，这样有利于进一步避免第二漏音被听到。其中，调声孔111d的面积可以小于泄压孔111c的面积，以使得扬声器112朝向主控电路板13一侧的空间更多地通过泄压孔111c与外界环境连通。进一步地，出声孔111a与泄压孔111c在宽度方向Z上的间距大于出声孔111a与调声孔111d在宽度方向Z上的间距，以避免分别经由出声孔111a和泄压孔111c传播而出的声波在近场反相相消，这样有利于提高用户听到的经由出声孔111a传播而出的声音的音量。相应地，调声孔111d相较于出声孔111a更靠近连接端CE，以增加两者在长度方向Y上的间距，从而避免分别经由出声孔111a和调声孔111d传播而出的声波在近场反相相消，这样有利于提高用户听到的经由出声孔111a传播而出的声音的音量。
作为示例性地，结合图10，出声孔111a、泄压孔111c和调声孔111d可以设置在机芯内壳1111上，例如出声孔111a设置在底壁1113上而泄压孔111c和调声孔111d分别设置在第一侧壁1114上。其中，泄压孔111c和调声孔111d可以分别设置在第一侧壁1114沿宽度方向Z的相对两侧上。如此，由于出声孔111a、泄压孔111c和调声孔111d均设置在机芯内壳1111上，使得机芯外壳1112的结构更加简单，有利于降低加工成本。除此之外，由于泄压孔111c和调声孔111d分别设置在第一侧壁1114沿宽度方向Z的相对两侧上，使得上述分模面111b可以关于一垂直于宽度方向Z的参考平面对称设置，这样有利于改善机芯模组11的外观品质。
作为示例性地，结合图7及图8，机芯模组11可以包括设置在机芯壳体111内的支架115，支架115与扬声器112可以围设形成声学腔体116，以使得声学腔体116与机芯壳体111内的其他结构(例如主控电路板13等)隔开，这样有利于改善机芯模组11的声学表现力。其中，机芯壳体111设置有声学孔，例如声学孔为泄压孔111c和调声孔111d中的至少一者，支架115设置有连通声学孔和声学腔体 116的声学通道1151，以便于声学腔体116与外界环境连通，也即空气能够自由地进出声学腔体116，这样有利于降低扬声器112的振膜在振动过程中的阻力。
进一步地，支架115与机芯壳体111配合形成环绕上述声学孔的至少一部分的第一容胶槽1171，第一容胶槽1171容纳有用于密封支架115与机芯壳体111之间的装配间隙的第一胶水，也即通过第一胶水进行防水密封，这样有利于避免外界的汗水、雨水等液滴侵入机芯壳体111内主控电路板13所在的空间。如此，基于亥姆霍兹共振腔，相较于相关技术通过支架115将一硅胶套压持在机芯壳体111上以进行防水密封，本技术方案通过第一胶水进行防水密封可以省掉相关技术中的前述硅胶套，有利于缩短声学腔体116与外界环境连通部分(包括声学通道1151、声学孔)的长度，使得经由泄压孔111c传播出去而形成的漏音(也即上述第二漏音)的谐振频率尽可能往频率较高的频段(例如大于4kHz的频率范围)偏移，从而进一步避免第二漏音被听到。
需要说明的是：当上述声学孔为泄压孔111c时，第一容胶槽1171环绕泄压孔111c的至少一部分；当上述声学孔为调声孔111d时，第一容胶槽1171环绕调声孔111d的至少一部分；当上述声学孔为泄压孔111c和调声孔111d时，第一容胶槽1171分别环绕泄压孔111c和调声孔111d的至少一部分。其中，为了便于描述，并结合图8、图10及图12，本申请以上述声学孔为泄压孔111c和调声孔111d，第一容胶槽1171分别环绕泄压孔111c和调声孔111d的至少一部分为例进行示例性的说明。进一步地，如果支架115与机芯壳体111(例如其底壁1113)之间的间隙足够大，或者机芯壳体111中底壁1113与第一侧壁1114不是一体成型结构件(也即两个单独的结构件)，那么第一容胶槽1171可以环绕上述声学孔的全部，也即第一容胶槽1171为完整的环状结构。
作为示例性地，结合图12及图10，支架115可以包括环状主体部1152和与环状主体部1152连接的对接部1153。其中，环状主体部1152套设在扬声器112的外围，以形成声学腔体116，声学通道1151贯穿对接部1153和环状主体部1152。进一步地，对接部1153位于环状主体部1152与机芯壳体111之间，并环绕上述声学孔的至少一部分，对接部1153与机芯壳体111配合形成第一容胶槽1171。其中，由于上述声学孔可以为泄压孔111c和调声孔111d，使得对接部1153相应地设置有两个，第一容胶槽1171也相应地设置有两个。相应地，对接部1153与第一侧壁1114配合形成第一容胶槽1171。如此，由于支架115呈环状设置，使得扬声器112朝向主控电路板13的一侧外露，这样有利于减小机芯模组11在厚度方向X上的厚度。
作为示例性地，结合图10及图8，机芯壳体111的内侧可以设置有凹陷区1119，上述声学孔可以设置在凹陷区1119的底部，机芯模组11可以包括设置在凹陷区1119内的声阻网118，对接部1153将声阻网118压持在凹陷区1119的底部上。如此，不仅有利于避免支架115在组装过程中刮到声阻网118，还有利于缩小支架115、声阻网118和机芯内壳1111之间的装配间隙，以及避免声阻网118晃动。其中，声阻网118可以通过双面胶或者胶水预固定在凹陷区1119的底部；声阻网118也可以先预固定在防护钢网上，前述防护钢网再通过双面胶或者胶水预固定在凹陷区1119的底部。相应地，由于上述声学孔可以为泄压孔111c和调声孔111d，使得凹陷区1119相应地设置有两个，声阻网118也相应地设置有两个。
进一步地，上述第一胶水可以进一步用于密封支架115与声阻网118之间的装配间隙和/或声阻网118与机芯壳体111(例如凹陷区1119的侧壁)之间的装配间隙，这样有利于进一步进行防水密封。
作为示例性地，结合图8、图10及图12，对接部1153可以用于形成第一容胶槽1171的底壁和一侧槽壁，机芯壳体111可以用于形成第一容胶槽1171的另一侧槽壁。其中，机芯壳体111上的槽壁与对接部1153上的槽壁相对设置，以使得第一容胶槽1171具有一定的宽度和深度。当然，对接部1153可以用于形成第一容胶槽1171的一侧槽壁，机芯壳体111可以用于形成第一容胶槽1171的底壁和另一侧槽壁；或者，对接部1153可以用于形成第一容胶槽1171的一侧槽壁和底壁的一部分，机芯壳体111可以用于形成第一容胶槽1171的另一侧槽壁和底壁的另一部分。
作为示例性地，结合图12至图14，扬声器112可以包括本体1121和沿本体1121的周向设置的环形承台1122，支架115的下端可以支撑在环形承台1122上，声学通道1151在朝向环形承台1122一侧可以呈开放式设置，环形承台1122进一步封堵声学通道1151的开放部分。此时，可以简单地视作第一容胶槽1171环绕上述声学孔的一部分，以便于后续采用诸如点胶工艺等方式在第一容胶槽1171内填充胶水。
在一些实施方式中，环形承台1122可以包括呈阶梯状设置的第一环形台面1123和第二环形台面1124，第二环形台面1124环绕设置在第一环形台面1123的外围；支架115的下端的一部分可以支撑在第一环形台面1123上，支架115的下端的另一部分可以与第二环形台面1124之间形成一间隔区域，以使得支架115、环形承台1122和机芯壳体111配合形成第二容胶槽1172，第二容胶槽1172容纳有用于密封支架115、环形承台1122和机芯壳体111中任意两者之间的装配间隙的第二胶水，以进行相应的 防水密封。
在一些实施方式中，支架115的上端可以搭设在本体1121上，并与本体1121配合形成第三容胶槽1173，第三容胶槽1173容纳有用于密封支架115与本体1121之间的装配间隙的第三胶水，以进行相应的防水密封。
需要说明的是：在机芯模组11一具体的装配过程中，可以包括如下工艺步骤，所有工艺步骤的前后顺序可以根据需要进行调整：1)通过双面胶将声阻网118预固定在凹陷区1119的底部；2)将扬声器112固定在底壁1113上，并对两者之间的装配间隙进行点胶，相应的胶水部分堆积在扬声器112的第二环形台面1124上；3)在步骤2)中的胶水固化之前，将支架115固定在扬声器112上，其中支架115的下端支撑在扬声器112的第一环形台面1123上，使得支架115的下端与第二环形台面1124之间也被胶水填充，支架115的对接部1153压持声阻网118，并与第一侧壁1114配合形成第一容胶槽1171，支架115的上端搭设在本体1121上，并与本体1121配合形成第三容胶槽1173；4)对第一容胶槽1171、第三容胶槽1173及支架115的下端与扬声器112和机芯内壳1111之间的装配间隙进行点胶。其中，由于支架115的下端与扬声器112和机芯内壳1111之间的装配间隙与第一容胶槽1171相距很近，使得支架115的下端与扬声器112和机芯内壳1111之间的装配间隙可以简单地视作第一容胶槽1171的延续，也即第一容胶槽1171与第二容胶槽1172可以连通。
作为示例性地，结合图15至图18及图7，钩状结构12可以包括与机芯模组11连接的转接壳体122，转接壳体122可以预先形成有容置腔124，耳机10可以包括后续加装在容置腔124内的电子元件15。其中，转接壳体122与机芯模组11之间的连接方式可以为卡接、焊接、胶水连接、螺纹连接和螺钉连接等组装方式中的一种或其组合。如此，相较于相关技术中电子元件15设置在机芯模组11内，本技术方案通过将电子元件15加装在钩状结构12预设的容置腔124内，不仅有利于节省机芯模组11的空间，使之在结构上更加紧凑、小巧，还有利于简化机芯模组11的结构，使之装配效率更高，也有利于合理布局耳机10中各个结构部件的相对位置，使得机芯模组11和钩状结构12均能够得到充分的利用。
需要说明的是：转接壳体122预先形成有容置腔124可以指容置腔124在转接壳体122成型时同时形成，而不是转接壳体122成型之后再加工形成的。例如：转接壳体122为一塑胶壳体，通过设置相应的型芯即可在塑胶壳体注塑成型之后得到相应的容置腔124。相应地，电子元件15后续加装在容置腔124内可以指电子元件15与转接壳体122非一体成型结构件。例如：转接壳体122为一塑胶壳体，电子元件15不通过嵌件的方式一体注塑成型在塑胶壳体内。基于此，后文中提及的转接壳体122预先形成有通孔1251、盲孔1252和通孔1253等描述与此相同或者相似，在此不再赘述。当然，容置腔124也可以在转接壳体122成型之后借助钻孔工艺得到，通孔1251、盲孔1252和通孔1253等同样也可以在转接壳体122成型之后借助钻孔工艺得到。
作为示例性地，结合图7，电子元件15可以与主控电路板13耦接，以实现钩状结构12与机芯模组11之间的电连接，转接壳体122可以与机芯壳体111接插固定，以实现钩状结构12与机芯模组11之间的结构连接，简单、可靠。其中，前述接插固定可以指转接壳体122和机芯壳体111中的一者先沿组装方向部分伸入另一者内再借助其他诸如插销的限位结构而接插固定，前述限位结构的组装方向与前述组装方向不平行；前述接插固定也可以指转接壳体122和机芯壳体111中的一者部分伸入另一者内时即可接插固定而无需借助前述限位结构。
作为示例性地，结合图7、图10及图16，转接壳体122可以设置有第一卡扣结构1221，机芯壳体111可以设置有第二卡扣结构1222，第一卡扣结构1221伸入机芯壳体111内，并与第二卡扣结构1222彼此卡接配合，从而使得转接壳体122与机芯壳体111卡接固定，两者直接接插固定而无需借助其他的限位结构，简单、可靠。其中，第一卡扣结构1221可以一体地设置在转接壳体122上，并可以在厚度方向X上相对地间隔设置两个；第二卡扣结构1222可以一体地设置在机芯内壳1111上，并与第一卡扣结构1221一一对应设置。
作为示例性地，结合图7，耳机10可以包括柔性电路板16，柔性电路板16可以至少部分设置在容置腔124内，以与电子元件15连接，并延伸到机芯壳体111内，进而使得电子元件15通过柔性电路板16与主控电路板13连接。例如：电子元件15借助表面贴装技术(Surface Mounted Technology,SMT)焊接在柔性电路板16的一端，柔性电路板16的电路板的另一端和主控电路板13借助BTB连接器扣合。其中，扬声器112可以设置成在柔性电路板16的延伸路径上与柔性电路板16连接，例如扬声器112的引线焊接在柔性电路板16的相应区域上，进而使得扬声器112也通过柔性电路板16与主控电路板13连接，使得扬声器112的引线无需延长至与主控电路板13连接，这样有利于简化耳机10的走线结构，降低生产成本。
作为示例性地，结合图16及图15，转接壳体122可以预先形成有与容置腔124连通的通孔1251，电子元件15可以包括至少部分设置在通孔1251内的电极端子151，电极端子151既可以为pogo-PIN 这类可伸缩的弹性部件，也可以为金属柱之类不可伸缩的刚性部件。其中，通孔1251的孔径可以大于电极端子151的外径，以便于后续加装电极端子151。当然，电极端子151也可以以嵌件的方式与转接壳体122一体成型。进一步地，电极端子151可以在佩戴状态下朝向耳部，使之在佩戴状态下不可见，这样有利于改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的外观品质。
需要说明的是：当电极端子151设置成pogo-PIN这类可伸缩的弹性部件时，电极端子151的延伸方向可以为其伸缩方向；而当电极端子151设置成金属柱之类不可伸缩的刚性部件时，电极端子151的延伸方向则可以为其轴线所在方向。
进一步地，电极端子151可以根据实际的使用需求设置多个，例如用于充电、检测等。
在一些实施方式中，电极端子151可以包括彼此间隔设置的充电正极端子1511和充电负极端子1512，充电正极端子1511和充电负极端子1512可以分别对应设置在各自的通孔1251内，以便于耳机10通过电极端子151进行充电。当然，充电正极端子1511和充电负极端子1512也可以仅一者设置在转接壳体122上，另一者可以设置在钩状结构12中诸如电池壳体123的其他壳体上或者设置在机芯内壳1111上。
在一些实施方式中，电极端子151可以包括与充电正极端子1511和充电负极端子1512彼此间隔设置的检测端子1513，检测端子1513可以用于进行充电检测、耳机10放入或者取出充电盒检测等检测功能。当然，检测端子1513也可以被霍尔传感器这类电子元件代替。
在一些实施方式中，沿电极端子151的延伸方向观察，充电正极端子1511、充电负极端子1512和检测端子1513两两之间的连线可以构成三角形，例如正三角形。
在一些实施方式中，沿电极端子151的延伸方向观察，充电正极端子1511、充电负极端子1512和检测端子1513可以彼此间隔地排成一条线段，例如排列成一条直线段。其中，充电正极端子1511与充电负极端子1512之间的间距可以大于充电负极端子1512与检测端子1513之间的间距。例如充电负极端子1512位于充电正极端子1511与检测端子1513之间，且充电正极端子1511与充电负极端子1512之间的间距大于充电负极端子1512与检测端子1513之间的间距；再例如检测端子1513位于充电正极端子1511与充电负极端子1512之间。如此，以在转接壳体122上设置电极端子151的空间有限时，尽可能增大充电正极端子1511与充电负极端子1512之间的间距，这样有利于避免两者短路。
作为示例性地，结合图15，转接壳体122的外侧可以设置有凸台126，通孔1251进一步贯穿凸台126，以使得多个电极端子151分别在凸台126处外露。如此，通过凸台126使得转接壳体122因具有一定的弧度而不平整的局部变得平整，以便于设置电极端子151。其中，充电正极端子1511、充电负极端子1512和检测端子1513可以沿凸台126的长度方向依次间隔设置。
作为示例性地，结合图15至图17，钩状结构12可以包括磁铁127，磁铁127和电极端子151可以在转接壳体122的同一侧外露，也即两者可以在转接壳体122的同一侧表面可见，以使得磁铁127更靠近电极端子151的外露端所朝向的外界，从而缩短磁铁127与诸如充电盒的充电设备中用于和磁铁127配合的磁吸结构之间的间距或者用于与磁铁127配合的霍尔传感器之间的间距，这样有利于改善充电、检测等功能的可靠性。其中，磁铁127和电极端子151可以相邻设置，以允许磁铁127与诸如充电盒的充电设备中的磁吸结构配合，使得电极端子151与充电设备中的电极端子配合，以便于进行充电。相应地，凸台126可以凸出于磁铁127周围的转接壳体122，也即磁铁127可以低于凸台126，以便于电极端子151与诸如充电盒的充电设备中的电极端子接触。当然，在磁铁127与诸如充电盒的充电设备中的霍尔传感器配合用于检测的实施方式中，磁铁127与电极端子151相邻设置，也可以使得诸如充电盒的充电设备中用于和电极端子151配合的电极端子与前述霍尔传感器相邻设置，这样有利于缩小诸如充电盒的充电设备中用于搭载前述电极端子和前述霍尔传感器的面积。
进一步地，钩状结构12可以包括柔性覆层128，柔性覆层128的硬度小于转接壳体122的硬度。其中，转接壳体122可以为塑胶制件；柔性覆层128的材质可以为硅胶、橡胶等，并可以通过注塑、胶水连接等方式形成在转接壳体122上。进一步地，柔性覆层128可以覆盖在转接壳体122和磁铁127上，使得磁铁127不外露而电极端子151外露，也即磁铁127不可见而电极端子151可见。如此，既可以满足电极端子151的使用需求，又可以遮挡磁铁127，避免其外露而被磨损或者影响外观品质。除此之外，柔性覆层128还有利于改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的舒适度。其中，柔性覆层128的厚度小于转接壳体122的厚度。
作为示例性地，结合图16，转接壳体122可以预先形成有与容置腔124不连通的盲孔1252，以增加容置腔124的防水防尘性能。其中，磁铁127可以至少设置在盲孔1252内，并经由盲孔1252的开口端外露。如此，不仅有利于减小转接壳体122在磁铁127所在区域的厚度，还有利于改善耳机10在磁铁127所在区域的外观品质。当然，盲孔1252也可以设置成通孔。
作为示例性地，结合图15，沿电极端子151的延伸方向观察，多个电极端子151可以彼此间隔地 排列成一条线段，例如一条直线段或者一条折线段。其中，磁铁127可以位于前述线段的任意一侧，或者磁铁127与前述线段相交并至少部分位于任意相邻两个电极端子151之间。例如：磁铁127的数量为一个，磁铁127整体位于前述线段的一侧，或者与前述线段相交并整体位于任意相邻两个电极端子151之间。再例如：磁铁127的数量为两个，一个磁铁127整体位于前述线段的一侧，另一个磁铁127整体位于前述线段的另一侧。又例如：磁铁127的数量为一个，磁铁127的一部分与前述线段相交并位于任意相邻两个电极端子151之间，另一部分在前述延伸方向上位于电极端子151的下方。
作为示例性地，结合图15，多个电极端子151可以包括排列成一条直线段的充电正极端子1511、充电负极端子1512和检测端子1513。其中，磁铁127可以位于前述直线段的一侧。进一步地，沿电极端子151的延伸方向观察，磁铁127的中心分别与充电正极端子1511、充电负极端子1512和检测端子1513的中心之间具有第一距离、第二距离和第三距离，第三距离分别大于第一距离和第二距离，以优先确保充电的可靠性。值得注意的是：在钩状结构12设置有柔性覆层128的实施例中，为了方便确定磁铁127、充电正极端子1511、充电负极端子1512和检测端子1513之间的相对位置关系，可以先去掉柔性覆层128。
作为示例性地，结合图16至图18，电子元件15可以包括电极端子151和麦克风152，转接壳体122可以预先形成有与容置腔124，以及分别与容置腔124连通的通孔1251和通孔1253。其中，因电极端子151和麦克风152的作用不同，通孔1251和通孔1253可以位于转接壳体122的不同侧壁上。基于此，电极端子151可以至少部分设置在通孔1251内，麦克风152可以设置在容置腔124内，并经由通孔1253拾取耳机10外的声音(例如用户语音、环境声音)。如此，通过合理布置电极端子151和麦克风152的相对位置，使得容置腔124的空间得以充分利用，耳机10的结构也因此更加紧凑、小巧。进一步地，耳机10可以包括至少部分设置在容置腔124内的支撑组件17，支撑组件17可以分别将电极端子151和麦克风152支撑固定在通孔1251和通孔1253所对应的侧壁上。如此，不仅有利于避免电极端子151和麦克风152与转接壳体122分离，还有利于增加电子元件15处的防水防尘性能，而且结构简单、可靠。
作为示例性地，结合图18，柔性电路板16可以包括一体结构的第一电路板部161、第二电路板部162和第三电路板部163，电极端子151焊接在第一电路板部161，第二电路板部162相对于第一电路板部161弯折，麦克风152焊接在第三电路板部163，并相对于第二电路板部162弯折。换言之，柔性电路板16经过两次弯折之后，第一电路板部161、第二电路板部162和第三电路板部163可以对应六面形结构的两两相邻的三面。其中，第二电路板部162远离第三电路板部163的一端与第一电路板部161连接，其他部分不与第一电路板部161连接。如此，以在柔性电路板16及其上的电极端子151和麦克风152组装在转接壳体122内之后，允许作业人员先按压第二电路板部162与第一电路板部161连接的一端，使之尽可能多得与第一电路板部161平齐，以避让后续组装的支撑组件17。
在一些实施方式中，转接壳体122可以包括分模面垂直于电极端子151的延伸方向的两个壳体，两个壳体彼此扣合形成容置腔124。其中，支撑组件17可以与其中一个壳体一体成型，以在两个扣合时分别支撑(或者压持)电极端子151和麦克风152。或者，支撑组件17中用于支撑电极端子151的第一支撑件和用于支撑麦克风152的第二支撑件中的至少一者可以独立于转接壳体122，以在两个壳体扣合时分别支撑(或者压持)电极端子151和麦克风152，或者两个壳体扣合之后再组装支撑组件17以分别支撑(或者压持)电极端子151和麦克风152。
在一些实施方式中，转接壳体122至少对应于容置腔124的部分为一个完整的壳体结构。其中，支撑组件17中用于支撑电极端子151的第一支撑件和用于支撑麦克风152的第二支撑件中至少第一支撑件可以独立于转接壳体122，以至少方便电极端子151的组装。
作为示例性地，结合图18，支撑组件17可以独立于转接壳体122，并插入容置腔124内。如此，由于支撑组件17、电极端子151和麦克风152三者可以分别独立于转接壳体122，使之可以按照一定的先后顺序组装，这样有利于避免结构上发生不必要的干涉，使得组装效率更高。
在一些实施方式中，支撑组件17中用于支撑电极端子151的第一支撑件和用于支撑麦克风152的第二支撑件可以分别独立于转接壳体122，也即第一支撑件和第二支撑件彼此独立，以分别支撑(或者压持)电极端子151和麦克风152。如此，以允许支撑组件17中的第一支撑件和第二支撑件根据实际的需要进行差异化设计。
在一些实施方式中，支撑组件17可以为一体成型结构件，也即支撑组件17中用于支撑电极端子151的第一支撑件和用于支撑麦克风152的第二支撑件彼此连接，不仅有利于简化支撑组件17的结构，还有利于避免第一支撑件和第二支撑件因太小而难以组装。其中，支撑组件17可以在插入到位后与容置腔124的腔壁紧配固定，也即支撑组件17插入或者拔出的过程中具有一定的阻尼，结构简单、可靠。相应地，容置腔124的腔壁可以设置有支撑组件17配合的导向槽、限位槽。当然，支撑组件17还可以 进一步借助点胶工艺与容置腔124的腔壁胶接。
作为示例性地，结合图17及图18，至少部分支撑组件17和容置腔124在垂直于支撑组件17相对于容置腔124的插入方向(例如图17及图18中箭头所指的方向)的至少一个参考方向上的尺寸可以设置成沿前述插入方向逐渐变小，以便于支撑组件17伸入电极端子151和麦克风152之间的间隔区域内。换言之，至少部分支撑组件17在垂直于前述插入方向的至少一个参考方向上的尺寸可以设置成沿前述插入方向逐渐变小，至少部分容置腔124在同一参考方向上的尺寸可以设置成前述沿插入方向逐渐变小，且两者的变化趋势相同或者相似，这样有利于支撑组件17在插入到位后与容置腔124的腔壁紧配固定。
作为示例性地，结合图16至图18，容置腔124的腔壁可以包括彼此并排且间隔设置的第一腔壁1241和第二腔壁1242，以及连接第一腔壁1241和第二腔壁1242的第三腔壁1243。其中，通孔1251可以设置在第一腔壁1241上，通孔1253可以设置在第三腔壁1243上。相应地，支撑组件17可以包括底板171和与底板171连接的第一侧板172，例如呈L型结构。其中，底板171的一侧主表面可以与第一腔壁1241相对设置，并支撑电极端子151；第一侧板172的一侧主表面可以与第三腔壁1243相对设置，并支撑麦克风152。如此，电极端子151和麦克风152组装到位之后，支撑组件17沿上述插入方向插入容置腔124内且插入到位之后即可通过底板171和第一侧板172分别支撑电极端子151和麦克风152。
进一步地，麦克风152在第一腔壁1241上的正投影可以覆盖至少部分电极端子151，例如麦克风152覆盖充电正极端子1511的一部分，这样有利于各部分结构更加紧凑。
在一些实施方式中，至少部分底板171和容置腔124在垂直于上述插入方向且平行于底板171的一侧主表面的第一参考方向RD1上的尺寸可以设置成沿上述插入方向逐渐变小，也即底板171在上述插入方向上的前端和后端中的一者或者前端与后端之间的局部可以设置成沿上述插入方向保持第一参考方向RD1上的尺寸不变。其中，第一侧板172和容置腔124在垂直于上述插入方向且平行于第一侧板172的一侧主表面的第二参考方向RD2上的尺寸可以设置成沿上述插入方向保持不变。
在一些实施方式中，至少部分第一侧板172和容置腔124在垂直于上述插入方向且平行于第一侧板172的一侧主表面的第二参考方向RD2上的尺寸可以设置成沿上述插入方向逐渐变小，也即第一侧板172在上述插入方向上的前端和后端中的一者或者前端与后端之间的局部可以设置成沿上述插入方向保持第二参考方向RD2上的尺寸不变。其中，底板171和容置腔124在垂直于上述插入方向且平行于底板171的一侧主表面的第一参考方向RD1上的尺寸可以设置成沿上述插入方向保持不变。
在一些实施方式中，至少部分第一侧板172和容置腔124在垂直于上述插入方向且平行于第一侧板172的一侧主表面的第二参考方向RD2上的尺寸可以设置成沿上述插入方向逐渐变小，至少部分第一侧板172和容置腔124在垂直于上述插入方向且平行于第一侧板172的一侧主表面的第二参考方向RD2上的尺寸可以设置成沿上述插入方向逐渐变小。
需要说明的是：对于支撑组件17而言，底板171在第一参考方向RD1上的尺寸可以简单地视作底板171的宽度，第一侧板172在第二参考方向RD2上的尺寸可以简单地视作第一侧板172的高度。
作为示例性地，结合图16至图18，支撑组件17可以包括与底板171连接的第二侧板173，第二侧板173和第一侧板172彼此并排且间隔地设置在底板171的同一侧，第二侧板173与第二腔壁1242抵接，以为底板171提供朝向电极端子151的支撑力，这样有利于改善支撑组件17对电极端子151的支撑效果。其中，在电极端子151包括沿一垂直于上述插入方向的方向彼此间隔设置的充电正极端子1511和充电负极端子1512的实施方式中，第二侧板173可以位于充电正极端子1511与充电负极端子1512之间，以使得电极端子151各部分受力均匀，这样有利于进一步改善支撑组件17对电极端子151的支撑效果。
作为示例性地，结合图16至图18，容置腔124的腔壁可以包括连接第一腔壁1241和第二腔壁1242且与第三腔壁1243相对的第四腔壁1244。其中，第一腔壁1241和第二腔壁1242可以大体设置成彼此平行的平面结构，第三腔壁1243和第四腔壁1244可以大体设置成彼此外扩的弧面结构，以在转接壳体122的体积有限时尽可能扩大容置腔124的体积。相应地，支撑组件17可以包括与底板171连接的第三侧板174，第一侧板172和第三侧板174在一垂直于上述插入方向的方向上分别位于底板171的两侧边缘，第二侧板173则位于第一侧板172与第三侧板174之间。其中，第三侧板174与第四腔壁1244抵接，以为第一侧板172提供朝向麦克风152的支撑力，这样有利于改善支撑组件17对麦克风152的支撑效果。
进一步地，相对于底板171而言，第二侧板173的高度可以分别大于第一侧板172的高度和第三侧板174的高度，以便于第二侧板173与第二腔壁1242抵接，以及第三侧板174与第四腔壁1244抵接。其中，第二侧板173和第三侧板174由于不直接与电极端子151和麦克风152中任意一者接触，使之还可以在支撑组件17插入容置腔124的过程中进行导向。相应地，由于第二侧板173的高度相对最高，使得支撑组件17可以包括连接第二侧板173和底板171的加强筋175。其中，加强筋175可以设置在 第二侧板173朝向第一侧板172和第三侧板174的相对两侧。
作为示例性地，结合图15至图17及图9，钩状结构12可以包括弹性金属丝121、转接壳体122、电池壳体123和导线129，弹性金属丝121和导线129的两端可以分别与转接壳体122和电池壳体123连接，以使得导线129沿弹性金属丝121延伸并穿设在转接壳体122和电池壳体123内。当然，导线129也可以在弹性金属丝121与转接壳体122和电池壳体123连接之后再穿设在预设的穿线通道内。其中，电池14可以设置在电池壳体123内，并可以通过导线129与柔性电路板16连接，进而使得电池14也通过柔性电路板16与主控电路板13连接，这样有利于简化耳机10的走线结构，降低生产成本。换言之，钩状结构12中诸如电极端子151、麦克风152和电池14等部件均可以通过柔性电路板16与主控电路板13连接。
进一步地，柔性覆层128可以至少进一步包覆弹性金属丝121和导线129外露的部分，以及电池123的至少一部分，以便于导线129裸露，这样有利于改善耳机10的外观品质。
需要说明的是：转接壳体122也可以作为机芯壳体111的一部分结构，例如转接壳体122与机芯内壳1111一体成型，再例如转接壳体122的一部分与机芯内壳1111一体成型而余下的另一部分与机芯外壳1112一体成型。其中，钩状结构12除转接壳体122之外的其他部分，例如弹性金属丝121远离电池壳体123的一端，再例如电池壳体123，与具有转接壳体122的机芯模组11在转接壳体122处固定连接，例如接插固定。相应地，电极端子151、麦克风152和磁铁127等结构部件也随之进行位置调整，在此不再赘述。
基于上述的相关描述，本申请提供了一种壳体组件，壳体组件可以包括塑胶壳体、金属功能图案和硅胶覆层，金属功能图案设置在塑胶壳体的外侧，硅胶覆层可以通过一体注塑、胶水连接等方式覆盖在金属功能图案背离塑胶壳体的一侧和未被金属功能图案覆盖的塑胶壳体上。如此，相较于金属功能图案设置在塑胶壳体背离硅胶覆层的内侧，金属功能图案设置在塑胶壳体朝向硅胶覆层的外侧，使之更远离壳体组件内其他电子元件的干扰，或者更靠近壳体组件外的信号触发源，从而增加金属功能图案的抗干扰性和灵敏度。其中，塑胶壳体的结构可以与机芯壳体111或其机芯外壳1112的相同或者相似，硅胶覆层的结构可以与柔性覆层1132的相同或者相似，在此不再赘述。
在一些实施方式中，金属功能图案可以设置成天线图案1141或者触控图案1142。其中，天线图案1141设置在塑胶壳体的外侧，可以增大其与塑胶壳体内其他电子元件之间的间距，也即增大天线净空区，从而增加天线图案1141的抗干扰性；触控图案1142设置在塑胶壳体的外侧，可以缩短其与外界的信号触发源(例如用户的手指)之间的间距，也即缩小触控间距，从而增大触控图案1142被用户触发的灵敏度。
在一些实施方式中，金属功能图案可以包括天线图案1141和触控图案1142，天线图案1141可以环绕在触控图案1142的外围，以充分利用塑胶壳体外侧的空间。其中，天线图案1141可以呈U型设置，触控图案1142可以呈方形设置。
在一些实施方式中，硅胶覆层的厚度可以小于塑胶壳体的厚度，以在硅胶覆层遮挡、保护金属功能图案的同时，进一步增加金属功能图案的抗干扰性和灵敏度，以及减小壳体组件的体积。
作为示例性地，壳体组件可以作为容纳扬声器112的机芯壳体。其中，塑胶壳体和塑胶覆层之间的相对位置关系可以与机芯壳体111和柔性覆层1132之间的相同或者相似，在此不再赘述。
进一步地，壳体组件除了应用于耳机10之外，还可以应用于其他诸如智能眼镜的电子设备。其中，电子设备可以包括设置有扬声器112的机芯模组，也可以包括主控电路板13，以及分别与主控电路板13耦接的扬声器112和电池14；壳体组件可以用于容纳扬声器112、主控电路板13和电池14等电子元件中的至少一者，也可以用于支撑电子设备中扬声器112位于相应的佩戴位。值得注意的是：对于基于骨传导原理的耳机、智能眼镜等电子设备而言，扬声器112可以适应性地调整为骨传导扬声器，骨传导扬声器的基本结构为本领域的技术人员所熟知，在此不再赘述。
本申请提供了一种壳体组件，壳体组件可以包括第一壳体、电极端子151、磁铁127和柔性覆层128，电极端子151和磁铁127在第一壳体的同一侧外露，柔性覆层128的硬度小于第一壳体的硬度，并覆盖在第一壳体和磁铁127上，使得磁铁127不外露而电极端子151外露。如此，相较于磁铁127设置在第一壳体内，本技术方案使得磁铁127更靠近电极端子151的外露端所朝向的外界，从而缩短磁铁127与诸如充电盒的充电设备中用于和磁铁127配合的磁吸结构之间的间距或者用于与磁铁127配合的霍尔传感器之间的间距，这样有利于改善充电、检测等功能的可靠性。因此，壳体组件既可以应用于诸如耳机10、智能眼镜的受电设备，也可以应用于诸如充电盒的充电设备。换言之，电子设备既可以为受电设备，也可以为充电设备。其中，为了便于描述，第一壳体可以为转接壳体122。
在一些实施方式中，第一壳体可以设置有通孔1251和盲孔1252，电极端子151可以至少部分设置在通孔1251内，磁铁127可以至少部分设置在盲孔1252内，并经由盲孔1252的开口端外露。如此， 不仅有利于减小第一壳体在磁铁127所在区域的厚度，还有利于改善第一壳体在磁铁127所在区域的外观品质。当然，盲孔1252也可以设置成通孔。
在一些实施方式中，第一壳体的外侧可以设置有凸台126，凸台126与磁铁127相邻设置，并凸出于磁铁127周围的第一壳体，通孔1251进一步贯穿凸台126，以使得多个电极端子151分别在凸台126处外露。如此，通过凸台126使得第一壳体因具有一定的弧度而不平整的局部变得平整，以便于设置电极端子151。其中，凸台126可以呈长条状设置，结构简单、可靠。
在一些实施方式中，壳体组件可以包括柔性电路板16，电极端子151与柔性电路板16连接，以简单化电极端子151的走线。其中，第一壳体可以形成有容置腔124，至少部分柔性电路板16可以设置在容置腔124内，通孔1251与容置腔124连通，盲孔1252与容置腔124不连通，以改善第一壳体的防水防尘性能。
在一些实施方式中，壳体组件可以包括第二壳体、弹性金属丝121和导线129，弹性金属丝121和导线129的两端可以分别与第一壳体和第二壳体连接，以使得导线129沿弹性金属丝121延伸并穿设在第一壳体和第二壳体内。其中，为了便于描述，第二壳体可以为电池壳体123。进一步地，第二壳体内设置有电池14，电池14通过导线129与柔性电路板16连接，也即电池14和电极端子151均与柔性电路板16连接，以简单化走线。相应地，柔性覆层128至少进一步包覆弹性金属丝121和导线129，以便于导线129裸露。
在一些实施方式中，壳体组件可以用于耳机10，并可以包括用于容纳扬声器112的第三壳体，第三壳体与第一壳体接插固定。其中，为了便于描述，第三壳体可以为机芯壳体111。
本申请提供了一种壳体组件，壳体组件可以包括第一壳体、电极端子151、麦克风152和支撑组件17。其中，第一壳体可以设置有容置腔124，以及与容置腔124分别连通的通孔1251和通孔1253，通孔1251和通孔1253位于第一壳体的不同侧壁上，电极端子151可以至少部分设置在通孔1251内，麦克风152可以设置在容置腔124内，并经由通孔1253拾取壳体组件外的声音。进一步地，支撑组件17可以设置在容置腔124内，并可以分别将电极端子151和麦克风152支撑固定在通孔1251和通孔1253所对应的侧壁上。如此，不仅有利于避免电极端子151和麦克风152与第一壳体分离，还有利于增加电极端子151和麦克风152处的防水防尘性能，而且结构简单、可靠。其中，为了便于描述，第一壳体既可以为转接壳体122，也可以为机芯壳体111，还可以为机芯壳体111和转接壳体122一体成型后的壳体结构。
在一些实施方式中，支撑组件17可以独立于第一壳体，并插入容置腔124内。
在一些实施方式中，支撑组件17可以为一体成型结构件。
在一些实施方式中，壳体组件可以用于耳机10，并可以包括用于容纳扬声器112的第三壳体，第三壳体与第一壳体接插固定。其中，第一壳体可以为转接壳体122，第三壳体可以为机芯壳体111。
进一步地，壳体组件除了应用于耳机10之外，还可以应用于其他诸如智能眼镜的电子设备。其中，电子设备可以包括主控电路板13，以及分别与主控电路板13耦接的扬声器112和电池14；壳体组件可以用于容纳扬声器112、主控电路板13和电池14等电子元件中的至少一者，也可以用于支撑电子设备中扬声器112位于相应的佩戴位。值得注意的是：对于基于骨传导原理的耳机、智能眼镜等电子设备而言，扬声器112可以适应性地调整为骨传导扬声器，骨传导扬声器的基本结构为本领域的技术人员所熟知，在此不再赘述。
作为示例性地，结合图19及图20，耳机10可以包括机芯模组11和与机芯模组11连接的钩状结构12。钩状结构12可以是弯曲或者弯折成钩状的结构，也可以是与机芯模组11的延伸方向不平行的杆状结构，杆状结构能够与机芯模组11配合起到“钩状”的作用，也即使耳机可以佩戴于人耳的作用。相应地，充电盒20可以包括下壳组件21，下壳组件21可以设置有分别用于容纳耳机10的两个仿形凹槽211，每一仿形凹槽211可以包括与机芯模组11对应的第一仿形凹槽区2111和与钩状结构12对应的第二仿形凹槽区2112，两个仿形凹槽211的第二仿形凹槽区2112彼此相交设置。如此，以在两个仿形凹槽211分别容纳有耳机10时，两个耳机10的钩状结构12可以彼此重叠，例如上下层叠，这样有利于缩小充电盒20的体积，使之更加小巧，便于用户携带。需要说明的是，彼此重叠指的是彼此之间至少存在重叠的区域，包括部分重叠和完全重叠。
在一些实施方式中，结合图19，第一仿形凹槽区2111和第二仿形凹槽区2112在第一参考方向上的投影重叠。并且，第一仿形凹槽区2111和第二仿形凹槽区2112在第二参考方向上的投影重叠。其中，第一参考方向和第二参考方向垂直。如此，能够使耳机10放入仿形凹槽211时，第二仿形凹槽区2112所占用的充电盒20在第一参考方向上的投影长度与第一仿形凹槽区2111所占用的充电盒20在第一参考方向上的投影长度能够重叠，第二仿形凹槽区2112所占用的充电盒20在第二参考方向上的投影长度与第一仿形凹槽区2111所占用充电盒20在第二参考方向上的投影长度能够重叠，从而使得充电盒20 的体积相应缩小，以便于用户携带，充电盒20的体积的缩小量与上述在第一参考方向上的投影长度以及在第二参考方向上的投影的重叠程度有关。换言之，在耳机10放入仿形凹槽211时，耳机10的机芯模组11与钩状结构12在第一参考方向上的投影重叠，并且机芯模组11与钩状结构12在第二参考方向上的投影重叠。需要说明的是，上述第一参考方向和第二参考方向是垂直于充电盒20的厚度方向的彼此正交的两个方向。本申请中第一参考方向具有多种不同的实施方式，以下对第一参考方向的不同实施方式做出示例性描述。下述的第一参考方向的实施方式至少是以下实施方式中的至少一种，不再赘述。
1)在一些实施例中，当设置的两个仿形凹槽211在下壳组件21间隔设置时，第一参考方向可以是两个仿形凹槽211的排列方向(即两个仿形凹槽211几何中心的连线)或者与排列方向垂直的方向。
2)在一些实施例中，当上壳组件24通过相对下壳组件21以转动的方式实现充电盒20的打开或者闭合时，第一参考方向可以是指垂直于或平行于上壳组件24相对于下壳组件21旋转轴线的方向。
3)在一些实施例中，当设置的两个仿形凹槽211轴对称设置时，第一参考方向可以是与两个仿形凹槽211的对称轴垂直或者平行的方向。
可选地，第一参考方向也可以是两个仿形凹槽211相同特征点的连线方向或者与连线方向垂直的方向。
需要说明的是，充电盒20存在厚度方向以及仿形凹槽211存在深度方向，结合图24，本申请的充电盒20的厚度方向以及仿形凹槽211的深度方向可以指的是将充电盒20平稳地放置在水平台面后，垂直于充电盒20与水平台面的接触平面的方向，以下实施方式中的充电盒20厚度方向和仿形凹槽211的深度方向同理，不再赘述。需要说明的是，在实际的生产制造过程中，由于工艺原因，垂直是存在误差的。换言之，在实际的产品当中，本申请的两个对象互相垂直是指两个对象的垂直度在允许的公差范围内，垂直度是一种位置公差，具体的公差范围可以参考相关国家标准确定，对称度同理，不再赘述。另一方面，本申请的投影重叠包括投影完全重叠和投影部分重叠两种情况。
在一些实施方式中，结合图19，第一仿形凹槽区2111和第二仿形凹槽区2112的第一部分2112a在第一参考方向上投影重叠。如此，能够使耳机10放入仿形凹槽211时，第二仿形凹槽区2112的第一部分2112a所占用的充电盒20的尺寸与第一仿形凹槽区2111所占用充电盒20的尺寸能够重叠。换言之，充电盒20在第二参考方向上能够以第一尺寸同时容纳第二仿形凹槽区2112的第一部分2112a和第一仿形凹槽区2111，前述的第一尺寸小于第二仿形凹槽区2112的第一部分2112a在第二参考方向上的尺寸与第一仿形凹槽区2111的在第二参考方向上的尺寸之和，从而使充电盒20在保证容纳耳机10的前提下，充电盒20的在第二参考方向上的尺寸能够缩小，以便于用户携带。
在一些实施方式中，在垂直于第一参考方向的第二参考方向上，第二仿形凹槽区2112的第二部分2112b和第一仿形凹槽区2111的投影重叠。如此，能够使耳机10放入仿形凹槽211时，第二仿形凹槽区2112的第二部分2112b所占用的充电盒20的尺寸与第一仿形凹槽区2111所占用充电盒20的尺寸能够重叠。换言之，充电盒20在第一参考方向上能够以第二尺寸同时容纳第二仿形凹槽区2112的第二部分2112b和第一仿形凹槽区2111，前述的第二尺寸小于第二仿形凹槽区2112的第二部分2112b在第一参考方向上的尺寸与第一仿形凹槽区2111的在第一参考方向上的尺寸之和，从而使充电盒20在保证容纳耳机10的前提下，充电盒20的在第一参考方向上的尺寸能够缩小，以便于用户携带。
在一些实施方式中，第一仿形凹槽区2111和第二仿形凹槽区2112的第一部分2112a在第一参考方向上投影重叠。并且，第一仿形凹槽区2111和第二仿形凹槽区2112的第二部分2112b在第二参考方向上投影重叠。如此，能够使得充电盒20通过调整第一仿形凹槽区2111和第二仿形凹槽区2112的在第一参考方向上和第二参考方向上投影重叠的比例，从而使充电盒20在第一参考方向上和第二参考方向上所占用的尺寸能够更加合理，使充电盒20的形状能够较为方正，不仅更加美观，而且能够使充电盒20更容易地被用户收纳至口袋或者背包中。
具体而言，在一些情况下，第二仿形凹槽区2112的第一部分2112a对应于钩状结构12中的电池壳体123，第二仿形凹槽区2112的第二部分2112b对应于钩状结构12的弹性部。第一仿形凹槽区2111和第二仿形凹槽区2112的第一部分2112a在第一参考方向上投影重叠，也即耳机10在放入仿形凹槽211时，电池壳体123与机芯模组11在第一参考方向上投影重叠。第二仿形凹槽区2112的第二部分2112b和第一仿形凹槽区2111的投影重叠，也即耳机10在放入仿形凹槽211时，弹性部与机芯模组11在第二参考方向上投影重叠。
进一步地，在第二参考方向上，第二仿形凹槽区2112的第二部分2112b位于第一仿形凹槽区2111远离第一仿形凹槽区2111所相邻的下壳组件21的边缘的一侧。换言之，两个仿形凹槽区211的第二仿形凹槽区2112彼此靠近设置。如此，在两个耳机10容纳时，两个耳机10中的钩状结构12相较于机芯模组11厚度较小的部分能够靠近设置。并且，两个仿形凹槽211的第二仿形凹槽区2112彼此相交设置，以在两个仿形凹槽211分别容纳耳机10时，两个耳机10的钩状结构12彼此重叠。并且由于耳机10 的钩状结构12相较于机芯模组11较细，所以两个钩状结构12在彼此靠近并重叠后，能够进一步地提高充电盒20的空间的利用率，有利于缩小充电盒20的体积。
在一些实施方式中，结合图20，钩状结构12包括电池壳体123，以及连接电池壳体123和机芯模组11的弹性部，两个第二仿形凹槽区2112设置成在容纳两个耳机10时，耳机10的弹性部彼此重叠。弹性部相较于电池壳体123具有更细，通过两个耳机10的弹性部重叠，能够减少钩状结构12在充电盒20厚度方向上空间的占用，有利于充电盒20体积的缩小。其中，两个弹性部具有多种重叠方式，例如可以是两个弹性部彼此靠近的边缘部分重叠，形成有重叠区域。或者，弹性部呈弧形设置，两个弹性部彼此重叠，由于两个弹性部具有一定的体积，会形成有两个不连通的重叠区域，两个重叠区域的几何中心形成两个重叠点。可选地，两个仿形凹槽211以两个重叠点的连线为对称轴呈镜像对称；两个重叠点的连线的方向与第一参考方向或第二参考方向平行。
在另一些实施方式中，两个仿形凹槽211的第二仿形凹槽区2112彼此独立设置。如此，能够使两个耳机10相对独立的容纳在充电盒20中，两个耳机10的取用不会受到彼此的影响，能够便于用户单独取用。
进一步地，充电盒20可以包括设置在下壳组件21内的主控电路板221和设置在主控电路板221上的电极端子222。其中，电极端子222可以根据需求设置多组，例如两组。相应地，任一耳机10放入充电盒20时，耳机10中的电极端子151可以与充电盒20中的电极端子222一一对应接触，以满足充电、检测等功能的需求。相应地，电极端子222可以包括供电正极端子和供电负极端子，也可以进一步包括检测端子；他们两两之间连线可以构成三角形，例如正三角形，也可以沿一条直线间隔排开，例如彼此间隔且共线。
在一实施例中，结合图7和图24，充电盒20中的电极端子为第一电极端子(即电极端子222)，耳机10中的电极端子为第二电极端子(即电极端子151)。第一电极端子外露于仿形凹槽211，耳机10容纳于仿形凹槽211时，第二电极端子与第一电极端子连接。
具体而言，在一些实施方式中，第一电极端子可以设置在第一仿形凹槽区2111，第二电极端子可以设置在机芯模组11上。由于机芯模组11相较于钩状结构12为硬质结构，刚度相对较大，如此设置能够为第一电极端子和第二电极端子的连接提供相对平滑稳定的接触面，提高第一电极端子和第二电极端子的连接稳定程度。在一些实施方式中，机芯模组11中可以有磁性件(例如上述实施方式中的第一磁吸件)，充电盒20中可以有与机芯模组11中的磁性件配合的磁吸结构，第一电极端子和第二电极端子的连接能够在机芯模组11的磁性件和充电盒20中磁吸结构的磁吸配合下更加稳定。
在一些实施方式中，钩状结构12可以包括弹性部和连接机芯模组11与弹性部的硬质部。弹性部可以至少由前述的弹性金属丝121构成，弹性部可以产生弹性形变。硬质部可以为转接壳体122及其中的电极端子151和磁铁127等。第一电极端子外露于第二仿形凹槽区2112，第二电极端子设置于硬质部的内侧面(在耳机10容纳于仿形凹槽211时，硬质部朝向仿形凹槽211的侧面，参见图7中的MS)。如此设置，将第二电极端子及其相关的机械结构和电路结构均设置在钩状结构12，简化了机芯模组11的结构。硬质部相较于弹性部具有较大的刚度，第二电极端子设置在硬质部能够增加耳机10容纳于充电盒20时第二电极端子与第一电极端子连接的成功率和稳定性。
进一步地，机芯模组11的内侧面(参见图7中的IS)和硬质部的内侧面(参见图7中的MS)彼此倾斜，通过设置机芯模组11的内侧面和硬质部的内侧面彼此倾斜，能够便于耳机10与人耳适配。具体地，如此设置能够使得机芯模组11伸入耳甲腔的同时，硬质部能够绕过耳屏与位于耳部后侧的弹性部连接，从而减少耳机10与耳部的干涉，增加耳机10佩戴的舒适性。在一些实施方式中，充电盒20的仿形凹槽211可以设置成容纳机芯模组11的第一仿形凹槽区2111和第二仿形凹槽区2112容纳硬质部的区域彼此倾斜，以增加与耳机10的适配性。沿着充电盒20的厚度方向观察，相较于容纳机芯模组11的第一仿形凹槽区2111和第二仿形凹槽区2112容纳硬质部的区域彼此平行的情况，通过将仿形凹槽211设置成容纳机芯模组11的第一仿形凹槽区2111和第二仿形凹槽区2112容纳硬质部的区域彼此倾斜，能够使得充电盒20在厚度方向上的投影的尺寸减小，便于携带。相较于容纳机芯模组11的第一仿形凹槽区2111和第二仿形凹槽区2112容纳硬质部的区域彼此垂直的情况，通过将仿形凹槽211设置成容纳机芯模组11的第一仿形凹槽区2111和第二仿形凹槽区2112容纳硬质部的区域彼此倾斜能够使得耳机10收纳于充电盒20内时，在充电盒20厚度方向上所需要的尺寸减小，同时提升用户收纳耳机10时的可操作感。综上，通过将仿形凹槽211设置成容纳机芯模组11的第一仿形凹槽区2111和第二仿形凹槽区2112容纳硬质部的区域彼此倾斜能够使得充电盒20更适配耳机10。进一步地，充电盒20在厚度尺寸、长度尺寸和宽度尺寸均得到优化，从而使充电盒20能够便于用户携带，满足充电盒20的人机工程的需求。
在一些实施方式中，作为示例性的，参阅图24，第一电极端子的延伸方向相对于充电盒20的厚度 方向倾斜设置(参考图24中的β角)。如此设置，一方面能够使第一电极端子在充电盒20厚度方向上所占用的空间减少，有利于缩小充电盒20的体积。另一方面，在耳机10容纳于仿形凹槽211时，第一电极端子的延伸方向能够与第二电极端子的延伸方向匹配，从而增加第一电极端子和第二电极端子连接的成功率。可选地，上述的β角介于10度与45度之间，例如可以是30度到40度之间，又如可以是15度到25度之间，优选可以是20度。
在一些实施方式中，机芯模组11的内侧面IS的法线方向与第二电极端子的延伸方向彼此倾斜设置，能够便于第一电极端子和第二电极端子连接，提高连接成功率。
具体地，耳机10在放入仿形凹槽211时，第一电极端子的延伸方向相较于充电盒20的厚度方向倾斜设置能够使第一电极端子和第二电极端子之间的接触面积随着耳机10的放入而逐渐增加，从而使第一电极端子和第二电极端子之间的接触面积的变化并非是瞬时变化。如此有利于提高第一电极端子和第二电极端子连接的成功率以及提高第一电极端子和第二电极端子连接后的稳定性。
在一些实施方式中，第一仿形凹槽区2111的深度在远离第一电极端子的方向上逐渐增大，在耳机10放入仿形凹槽211时，机芯模组11能够与第一仿形凹槽区2111的深度变化区域配合，从而对机芯模组11起到导向和定位的作用，便于机芯模组11放入第一仿形凹槽区2111。
在一些实施方式中，第一电极端子外露于第二仿形凹槽区2112靠近第一仿形凹槽区2111的一端，第二仿形凹槽区2112容纳硬质部的区域的深度在远离第一仿形凹槽区2111的方向上逐渐增大。如此能够使得第一仿形凹槽区2111和第二仿形凹槽区2112容纳硬质部的区域在充电盒20的厚度方向上形成与耳机10的硬质部和机芯模组11匹配的具有一定角度的锥形结构，从而起到导向作用，便于耳机10在放入充电盒20时与仿形凹槽211配合。在耳机10容纳于仿形凹槽211时，锥形结构还能够对耳机10起到限位作用，限制耳机10相对仿形凹槽211的移动，提高耳机10容纳于充电盒20时的稳定性。
在一些实施方式中，第二仿形凹槽区2112的底部设置有第一支撑平台2113，第一电极端子设置于第一支撑平台2113，耳机10设置有第二支撑平台176，第二电极端子设置于第二支撑平台176。作为示例性的，如图7所示，第二支撑平台176可以设置在耳机10的硬质部上。第二支撑平台176也可以设置在机芯模组11或者钩状结构12的其他位置，不做具体限定。耳机10容纳于仿形凹槽211时，第二支撑平台176与第一支撑平台2113抵接配合。第一支撑平台2113和第二支撑平台176的设置能够增加耳机10在第二电极端子处和仿形凹槽211在第一电极端子处的结构强度，以增加第一电极端子和第二电极端子连接的稳定性。同时，第一电极端子和第二电极端子连接时，第一支撑平台2113和第二支撑平台176能够承担较多的磨损，从而使得在耳机10的重复取用过程中，减少第一电极端子、第二电极端子以及其他部分的磨损，有利于提高耳机10和充电盒20的使用寿命。
可选地，第一支撑平台2113和第二支撑平台176的接触面为平面。在一些实施方式中，接触面的法线方向可以相对于充电盒20的厚度方向倾斜设置。如此，第一支撑平台2113和第二支撑平台176抵接配合后，第一电极端子和第二电极端子也能够较为顺利地连接。并且如此设置能够使第一支撑平台2113和第二支撑平台176之间的接触面积随着耳机10的放入而逐渐增加，从而使第一支撑平台2113和第二支撑平台176之间的接触面积的变化并非是瞬时变化，有利于提高第一支撑平台2113和第二支撑平台176抵接配合的稳定性以及提高第一电极端子和第二电极端子连接的成功率。可选地，第一支撑平台2113和第二支撑平台176的接触面可以与第二仿形凹槽区2112的底壁彼此倾斜设置，第一支撑平台2113和第二支撑平台176能够形成台阶结构，从而便于第一支撑平台2113和第二支撑平台176的抵接配合。
在另一些实施方式中，第一支撑平台2113和第二支撑平台176的接触面的法线方向与第一电极端子的延伸方向平行。如此设置，第一电极端子和第二电极端子的接触面能够与第一支撑平台2113和第二支撑平台176的接触面平行，在耳机10逐渐放入仿形凹槽211的过程中，第一电极端子和第二电极端子的连接较为顺滑，减少两个支撑平台配合过程中的阻尼感。
在另一些实施方式中，第一支撑平台2113和第二支撑平台176的接触面的法线方向相对于第一电极端子的延伸方向倾斜设置。如此，第一电极端子和第二电极端子的接触面相对于第一支撑平台2113和第二支撑平台176的接触面可以形成台阶状的结构，从而在第一电极端子和第二电极端子配合的过程中起到定位和限位的作用，有利于提高第一电极端子和第二电极端子连接的稳定性。
作为示例性地，结合图20及图9，钩状结构12可以包括弹性部，弹性部连接机芯模组11与电池壳体123，弹性部可以为弹性金属丝121外露于转接壳体122和电池壳体123的部分。其中，两个第二仿形凹槽区2112可以设置成使得两个耳机10的弹性部彼此重叠。如此，在两个耳机10中的一个先放入仿形凹槽211之后，另一个也可以放入仿形凹槽211，且先放入的耳机10可以发生一定程度的形变， 以使得后放入的耳机10更好地放入下壳组件21内。
进一步地，在充电盒20的正上方观察，例如先将充电盒20放置在桌面上再进行俯视观察，钩状结构12的弹性部可以呈弧形设置，两个耳机10的弹性部彼此重叠时形成两个重叠点(例如图20中OP1和OP2所示)，两个仿形凹槽211可以以两个重叠点的连线(也即线段OP1OP2)为对称轴呈镜像对称，以使得两个仿形凹槽211的分布更加合理，这样有利于改善充电盒20的外观品质。
在一些实施方式中，两个第二仿形凹槽区2112位于两个重叠点之间的区域可以保留下壳组件21的一部分，也即两个第二仿形凹槽区2112在其汇合处形成一孤岛，这样有利于限制任一耳机10放入仿形凹槽211后的自由度。换言之，两个第二仿形凹槽区2112被钩状结构12包围且位于两个重叠点之间的区域形成有上述孤岛。
在一实施方式中，两个耳机10分别用于佩戴在用户的左耳和右耳，两个耳机10的机芯模组11分别位于第一参考方向的两侧。以上述方式设置，自第一参考方向观察，也即用户在正面打开充电盒20时的方向上，用于佩戴在左耳的耳机10可以在容纳在相对于用户的左侧，而用于佩戴在右耳的耳机10可容纳在相对于用户的右侧，以方便用户在充电盒20内取用和收容耳机10。可选地，两个仿形凹槽211以两个重叠点的连线为对称轴呈镜像对称。两个重叠点的连线的方向与第一参考方向平行。
在一些实施方式中，两个第二仿形凹槽区2112被钩状结构12包围且位于两个重叠点之间的区域彼此合并为一体，也即上述孤岛不存在，使得两个第二仿形凹槽区2112在其汇合处融为一体，这样有利于耳机10便捷地放入相应的仿形凹槽211内。
作为示例性地，结合图20及图9，钩状结构12可以包括位于弹性部与机芯模组11之间的硬质部，硬质部连接机芯模组11与弹性部，硬质部可以为转接壳体122及其中的电极端子151和磁铁127等。相应地，下壳组件21可以包括限位结构212，限位结构212可以设置在仿形凹槽211内或者临近仿形凹槽211设置。其中，任一耳机10放入仿形凹槽211后，限位结构212可以对耳机10的硬质部形成朝向仿形凹槽211的底部的压持力，以便于维持耳机10与下壳组件21之间的相对位置；同一耳机10的至少部分弹性部相较于限位结构212对硬质部的作用点构成悬臂结构，也即任一耳机10的至少部分弹性部可以与仿形凹槽211(尤其是第二仿形凹槽区2112)的底部不接触。如此，在两个耳机10中的一个先放入仿形凹槽211之后，另一个耳机10后放入仿形凹槽211时可以使得先放入的耳机10的弹性部更容易发生一定程度的形变，以使得后放入的耳机10更好地放入下壳组件21内。
在一些实施方式中，限位结构212可以为在任一耳机10放入仿形凹槽211和从仿形凹槽211取出的过程中与耳机10的硬质部形成干涉的凸块。其中，前述凸块可以临近仿形凹槽211设置。
作为示例性，上述凸块的数量可以为两个，两个凸块位于仿形凹槽211的相对两侧，任一耳机10放入仿形凹槽211的过程中，耳机10硬质部在用户施加的按压力作用下卡入两个凸块之间。
进一步地，充电盒20可以包括设置在下壳组件21内的第一磁吸结构231和第二磁吸结构232，电极端子222可以位于第一磁吸结构231与第二磁吸结构232之间。其中，任一耳机10放入仿形凹槽211后，第一磁吸结构231与耳机10内的第一磁吸件可以形成第一磁吸匹配对，第二磁吸结构232与耳机10内的第二磁吸件可以形成第二磁吸匹配对，前述第一磁吸匹配对和前述第二磁吸匹配对使得电极端子222与电极端子151一一对应接触。如此，由于电极端子222和电极端子151配对后位于第一磁吸匹配对与第二磁吸匹配对之间，使得耳机10与充电盒20的接触更加良好。值得注意的是：在限位结构212的作用下，耳机10与充电盒20之间的接触可以得到进一步地保证。
在一些实施方式中，限位结构212可以为与仿形凹槽211连通的限位槽，钩状结构12在任一耳机10放入仿形凹槽211后进一步移动至限位槽内，也即耳机10整体上具有一位移量。其中，前述限位槽可以设置在仿形凹槽211内。
作为示例性地，充电盒20可以包括设置在下壳组件21内的第一磁吸结构231，任一耳机10放入仿形凹槽211后，第一磁吸结构231与耳机10内的第一磁吸件形成第一磁吸匹配对，例如两个磁铁异性相吸，以引导耳机10的钩状结构进一步移动至上述限位槽内。其中，仿形凹槽211的底部可以设置有用于将耳机10的钩状结构导向至上述限位槽的导引面。例如：第二仿形凹槽区2112靠近第一仿形凹槽区2111的区段的深度大于第一仿形凹槽区2111的深度，也即两者之间具有一高度差，而仿形凹槽211在具有高度差的区域设置成斜面过渡，以形成前述导引面。相应地，上述限位槽也可以位于第二仿形凹槽区2112靠近第一仿形凹槽区2111的区段。
进一步地，充电盒20可以包括设置在下壳组件21内的第二磁吸结构232，电极端子222可以位于第一磁吸结构231与第二磁吸结构232之间。其中，任一耳机10放入仿形凹槽211后，第二磁吸结构232与耳机10内的第二磁吸件可以形成第二磁吸匹配对，例如两个磁铁异性相吸，以与上述第一磁吸匹配对一同引导耳机10的钩状结构进一步移动至上述限位槽内，以使得任一耳机10放入仿形凹槽211后进一步移动至上述限位槽内的动力更足。类似地，前述第一磁吸匹配对和前述第二磁吸匹配对使得电 极端子222与电极端子151一一对应接触。如此，由于电极端子222和电极端子151配对后位于第一磁吸匹配对与第二磁吸匹配对之间，使得耳机10与充电盒20的接触更加良好。值得注意的是：在限位结构212的作用下，耳机10与充电盒20之间的接触可以得到进一步地保证。
需要说明的是：上述第一磁吸件可以为机芯模组11内的扬声器112，具体可以为扬声器112的磁路系统；第二磁吸件可以为设置在耳机10的硬质部的磁铁127。
通常，在耳机10放入充电盒20时，钩状结构12若产生变形会降低耳机10的入盒成功率，或影响耳机10的放置稳定性。例如，耳机10的机芯模组11可以容纳在第一仿形凹槽区2111，钩状结构12可以容纳于第二仿形凹槽区2112，但由于钩状结构12具有弹性，在钩状结构12放入第二仿形凹槽区2112的过程中，钩状结构12会由于之前存在的使用形变或在惯性力的作用下产生的动作形变，导致钩状结构12无法很好地与第二仿形凹槽区2112的形状对应，钩状结构12不易放入仿形凹槽区211，同时也会使得机芯模组11与第一仿形凹槽区2111的放置关系不稳定。为了改善上述技术问题，可以提供以下实施例。
在一些实施例中，结合图20，通过在机芯模组11与第一仿形凹槽区2111的侧壁之间设置一定的活动间隙，以及在钩状结构12与第二仿形凹槽区2112的侧壁之间设置一定的活动间隙，使得在耳机10放入仿形凹槽211的过程中，仿形凹槽211能提供足够的空间以允许钩状结构12存在或发生一定程度的形变，以保证机芯模组11和钩状结构12在用户较少干预的情况下可以分别顺利地放入第一仿形凹槽区2111和第二仿形凹槽区2112，进而提高耳机的入盒成功率以及放置稳定性。进一步地，由于钩状结构12的一端与机芯模组11连接，另一端悬臂设置，钩状结构12远离机芯模组11的部分可以视作是悬臂梁的远端，考虑到在耳机10放入仿形凹槽211的过程中，钩状结构12远离机芯模组11的部分相较于其他部分会产生较大的形变量，同时机芯模组11相较于钩状结构12而言仅需较小的活动间隙，使机芯模组11能够放入第一仿形凹槽区2111即可，活动间隙过大会不利于充电盒20的尺寸优化，并且会导致机芯模组11在充电盒内的放置不稳定，容易产生晃动及异响。
在一些实施例中，在耳机10放入仿形凹槽211时，通过在钩状结构12的延伸方向上，设置钩状结构12远离机芯模组11的部分与第二仿形凹槽区2112的侧壁(参阅图20中的侧壁2111c)之间的活动间隙大于机芯模组11与第一仿形凹槽区2111的侧壁之间的活动间隙，从而使得第一仿形凹槽区2111能允许机芯模组11顺利放入的同时，第二仿形凹槽区2112能够为钩状结构12提供更大的活动空间，进一步提高耳机10的入盒成功率以及放置稳定性，同时方便优化充电盒20的尺寸。其中，钩状结构12容纳在第二仿形凹槽区2112中时，仍然会由于晃动或者应力作用产生形变，钩状结构12与第二仿形凹槽区2112的侧壁之间的活动间隙的尺寸会发生变化，但这种变化不会导致活动间隙的消失。可选地，钩状结构12远离机芯模组11的部分与第二仿形凹槽区2112侧壁之间的活动间隙的尺寸范围为0.5-1.5mm，例如该活动间隙的尺寸可以是1-1.3mm，具体可以是1.2mm。如此设置活动间隙的尺寸能够增加钩状结构12放入第二仿形凹槽区2112的成功率，并且对充电盒20的尺寸有较小的影响。
可选地，机芯模组11与第一仿形凹槽区2111的侧壁之间的活动间隙的尺寸范围为0.05-0.2mm，例如该活动间隙的尺寸可以是0.07-0.15mm，具体可以是0.1mm。如此设置的活动间隙能够使机芯模组11能够稳定地容纳在第一仿形凹槽区2111，能够对耳机10在仿形凹槽211内的容纳进行定位和限位，并且有利于提高电极端子接触的稳定性。
在一些实施例中，钩状结构12远离机芯模组11的部分包括用于容纳电池的电池壳体123。电池壳体123设置于钩状结构12远离机芯模组11的部分。钩状结构12还可包括连接机芯模组11和电池壳体123的弹性部。电池壳体123相较于弹性部具有较大的尺寸，从而使弹性部能够环绕用户耳部，以将耳机10挂置，并且电池壳体123可以从耳部的后侧支撑耳部，这样有利于改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的稳定性。其中，电池壳体123与第二仿形凹槽区2112的侧壁之间的活动间隙大于机芯模组11与第一仿形凹槽区2111的侧壁之间的活动间隙。如此能够增加电池壳体123放入第二仿形凹槽区2112的成功率，便于耳机10的收纳。进一步地，耳机10容纳于仿形凹槽211时，弹性部与第二仿形凹槽区2112的侧壁之间的活动间隙大于机芯模组11与第一仿形凹槽区2111的侧壁之间的活动间隙。如此设置，能够增加弹性部放入第二仿形凹槽区2112的成功率，能够便于耳机10的容纳。
在一些实施例中，钩状结构12还包括连接弹性部和机芯模组11的硬质部。由于硬质部可以用于设置电极端子151或第二磁吸件，其相较于弹性部需要具有较高的刚度，并且对稳定性的要求更高。当耳机10容纳于仿形凹槽211时，可以设置弹性部与第二仿形凹槽区2112的侧壁之间的活动间隙大于硬质部与第二仿形凹槽区2112的侧壁之间的活动间隙。如此，能够便于弹性部放入第二仿形凹槽区2112，并且使硬质部能够较为稳定地容置在第二仿形凹槽区2112，从而使硬质部能够与机芯模组11配合，增加耳机10在仿形凹槽211内容纳的稳定性，有利于提高电极端子接触或第二磁吸件的稳定性和可靠性。
在一些实施例中，充电盒20包括至少用于充电的电极端子，电极端子可以不设置在电池壳体123 上。可以理解的是，电池壳体123处于钩状结构12末端，其所产生的形变程度较大，电极端子设置在电池壳体123上不利于其与下壳组件21中的电极端子匹配。具体地，电极端子可以不设置在电池壳体123上，而设置在耳机10上产生的形变程度较小的结构上，例如机芯模组11或者硬质部，能够便于电极端子之间的匹配。
在一些实施例中，结合图19，下壳组件21可以设置有限位结构，在耳机10放入仿形凹槽211的过程中，机芯模组11可以通过限位结构容纳于第一仿形凹槽区2111。例如，限位结构可以是卡接结构，机芯模组11可以通过与限位结构卡接配合的方式放入第一仿形凹槽区2111。又例如，限位结构可以是磁吸结构，机芯模组11可以通过与限位结构磁吸配合的方式放入第一仿形凹槽区2111，具体地，第一仿形凹槽区2111也可以设置有第一磁吸结构231，机芯模组11设置有第一磁吸件，机芯模组在放入第一仿形凹槽区2111时，第一磁吸件和第一磁吸结构231磁吸配合。机芯模组11通过磁吸方式放置在第一仿形凹槽区2111内的情况可以具体参见上述实施方式的描述，在此不再赘述。机芯模组11能够通过上述方式稳定地容纳在第一仿形凹槽区2111，能够限制耳机10在充电盒20内的活动，并且能够提高电极端子之间匹配的稳定性。
作为示例性的，结合图25和图26，充电盒20还包括上壳组件24，在充电盒20闭合状态下，上壳组件24与下壳组件21配合。上壳组件24设置有限制件245，限制件245在充电盒20闭合状态下与钩状结构12抵接。如此，在充电盒20闭合时，限制件245能够对钩状结构12施加压力，从而限制钩状结构12在充电盒20厚度方向上的移动。进一步地，限制件245与钩状结构12之间还会产生摩擦力，从而限制钩状结构12在其他方向上的活动，以减小因钩状结构12活动产生的异响，同时降低耳机10和充电盒20的磨损。
其中，限制件245的数量可以是一个，也可以是两个或更多个。在一些实施方式中，限制件245的数量为一个，限制件245在充电盒20闭合时同时与两个耳机10的钩状结构12抵接。如此能够通过一个限制件245同时限制两个钩状结构12的活动。在一些实施方式中，限制件245的数量可以是两个，在充电盒20闭合时，两个限制件245可以分别限制两个耳机10的钩状结构12的活动。
在一些实施方式中，钩状结构12包括用于容纳电池的电池壳体123，限制件245在充电盒20闭合时与电池壳体123抵接。其中，电池壳体123是钩状结构12中体积较大的部分，限制件245能够通过限制电池壳体123的活动从而提高钩状结构12容纳于充电盒20时的稳定性。进一步地，机芯模组11可以通过卡合或者磁吸等方式容纳于第一仿形凹槽区2111，以限制机芯模组11的自由度。如此，耳机10容纳于仿形凹槽211时，耳机10的机芯模组11和钩状结构12的自由度均能够得到限制，从而较大程度地限制了耳机10活动的自由度，防止耳机10在充电盒20内晃动，进一步地，避免充电盒20和耳机10产生磨损，提高使用寿命。
在另一些实施方式中，电池壳体123与第二仿形凹槽区2112的侧壁之间的活动间隙大于机芯模组11与第一仿形凹槽区2111的侧壁之间的活动间隙。如此设置所产生的有益效果可以参见前述实施方式的描述，在此不再赘述。电池壳体123与第二仿形凹槽区2112的侧壁的活动间隙较大，耳机10放入充电盒20的成功率变高，但会导致钩状结构12更容易产生晃动。在此基础上，进一步地，通过设置限制件245在充电盒20闭合时与电池壳体123抵接，能够保证耳机10放入成功率提高的前提下，减少钩状结构12的晃动。
可选地，当耳机10容纳于充电盒20的仿形凹槽211中时，机芯模组11的第一磁吸件与下壳组件21的第一磁吸结构配合。如此能够限制机芯模组11的自由度，从而减小机芯模组11的晃动。进一步通过设置限制件245抵接钩状结构12，能够减少钩状结构12的晃动，从而能够使耳机10整体的晃动减小。
可选地，下壳组件21可以包括限位结构212，限位结构212可以设置在仿形凹槽211内或者临近仿形凹槽211设置。其中，任一耳机10放入仿形凹槽211后，限位结构212可以对耳机10的硬质部或者机芯模组11形成朝向仿形凹槽211的底部的压持力，以便于维持耳机10与下壳组件21之间的相对位置，以限制耳机10的自由度，以减少耳机10在充电盒20内的晃动。进一步通过限制件245抵接钩状结构12，能够减少钩状结构12的晃动，从而进一步使减小耳机10的晃动。
在一些实施方式中，限制件245可以是柔性结构，例如限制件245的材料可以是硅胶或者橡胶等材料。限制件245的邵氏硬度范围可以是20-50。如此设置，限制件245在抵接钩状结构12时能够发生形变，一方面能够减少限制件245对钩状结构12的磨损，另一方面能够使限制件245对钩状结构12施加的力更加均匀，使限制件245能够更加贴合钩状结构12的形状，从而进一步限制钩状结构12在多个方向上的活动，减少耳机10在仿形凹槽211内的晃动，以及减少因活动产生的异响等情况。
在另一些实施方式中，限制件245可以包括抵接部和伸缩部，伸缩部连接抵接部与上壳组件24，在充电盒20闭合时，伸缩部通过弹性伸缩使抵接部与钩状结构12抵接。换言之，伸缩部能够在抵接部 抵接钩状结构12时提供弹性力，从而使抵接部能够对钩状结构12施加压力，以限制钩状结构12的晃动。伸缩部具体可以是弹簧、扭簧等结构。
可选地，限制件245的厚度范围可以在1.2-2mm之间。例如可以是1.2mm，1.5mm或者2mm。若限制件245的厚度小于1.2mm可能会导致限制件245无法与钩状结构12充分干涉，无法产生足够的压力限制钩状结构12的移动。若限制件245的厚度大于2mm，则可能会导致限制件245对钩状结构12产生的压力过大，使钩状结构12在容纳时持续产生形变，进而使钩状结构12失去原有的形状，影响用户的佩戴体验。
在一些实施方式中，第二仿形凹槽区2112的第一部分2112a用于容纳钩状结构12的一部分(例如电池壳体123)，在充电盒20闭合状态下，两个第二仿形凹槽区2112的第一部分2112a在充电盒20的厚度方向上的投影至少部分覆盖限制件245在充电盒20厚度方向上的投影。如此设置能够使限制件245至少部分抵接钩状结构，并且限制件245的限制区域不会超出第二仿形凹槽区2112的第一部分2112a所在区域，减少限制件245可能产生的冗余，能够降低成本。
进一步地，结合图26，在一些实施方式中，限制件245可以为单一的圆弧形结构，同时抵接两个钩状结构12。限制件245在垂直于转轴机构25的轴线的第一参考方向上的投影的长度(参阅图26中的L)的范围为20-24mm，例如可以是21-23mm或者22-22.5mm。若限制件245在第一参考方向上的投影长度小于20mm，则会减少限制件245与每一钩状结构12的接触面积，甚至会使限制件245可能无法同时抵接两个钩状结构12，导致限制件245失去同时对两个钩状结构12的限位能力。若限制件245在第一参考方向上的投影长度大于24mm，会使限制件245除了与钩状结构12抵接的部分之外，长度上仍然有冗余，冗余的长度会增加生产成本。
在一些实施方式中，限制件245在垂直于第一参考方向上的第二参考方向上的投影的长度(参阅图26中的H)范围为3-7mm。例如可以是3-6mm或者5-6mm。若限制件245在第二参考方向上投影的长度小于3mm，则限制件245与钩状结构12抵接的面积会减小，会削弱限制件245限制钩状结构12活动的能力。若限制件245在第二参考方向上投影的长度大于7mm，则限制件245与钩状结构12接触的面积较大，会过度增加限制件245对钩状结构12施加的压力，使钩状结构12出现期望之外的形变。
在一些实施方式中，上壳组件24设置有用于在充电盒20闭合时容纳耳机10的容纳槽244，容纳槽244能够在上壳组件24闭合于下壳组件21时，容纳耳机10未被仿形凹槽211容纳的部分，从而使上壳组件24与下壳组件21紧密闭合。并且，在充电盒20处于闭合状态时，容纳槽244的侧壁也可以对耳机10起到进一步的限位作用，以限制耳机10在充电盒20内的活动。进一步地，容纳槽244内设置有上述的限制件245，限制件245与容纳槽244配合，使耳机10同时容纳于仿形凹槽211和容纳槽244时，限制件245能够对钩状结构12施加压力，以限制钩状结构12活动，减少钩状结构12晃动和异响的产生。
进一步地，结合图20，两个仿形凹槽211的第二仿形凹槽区2112彼此相交设置，以在两个仿形凹槽211分别容纳耳机10时，两个耳机10的钩状结构12彼此重叠，并形成有靠近转轴机构25的第一重叠点OP1和远离转轴机构25的第二重叠点OP2。如此设置，能够使两个耳机10的钩状结构12重叠放置，有利于充电盒20体积的缩小。其中，在第一重叠点OP1和第二重叠点OP2连线的方向上，限制件245与钩状结构12抵接的区域位于第二重叠点OP2背离第一重叠点OP1的方向上。钩状结构12容纳于仿形凹槽211时彼此重叠，重叠部分能够限制部分钩状结构12活动的自由度。通过将限制件245与钩状结构12抵接的区域设置于第二重叠点OP2背离第一重叠点OP1的一侧，能够进一步有效减少钩状结构12的自由度，从而能够进一步限制钩状结构12的活动。可选地，在充电盒20闭合时，限制件245抵接于钩状结构12的第二重叠点OP2所对应的部分。如此，由于第二重叠点OP2处钩状结构12彼此重叠，两个钩状结构12的厚度叠加，限制件245抵接第二重叠点OP2对应的部分能够使得在限制钩状结构12自由度的前提下，还能具有较小的厚度，降低生产成本。
可选地，在充电盒20闭合状态下，限制件245距离上壳组件24靠近第二重叠点OP2的侧壁的距离范围在15-20mm之间。如此设置，能够使得限制件245与钩状结构12靠近第二重叠点OP2的部分抵接。两个钩状结构12靠近第二重叠点OP2的区域具有重叠部分，使得此区域在充电盒20的厚度方向上具有较高的高度，从而可以使限制件245的厚度能够减小。若限制件245距离下壳组件21靠近第二重叠点OP2的边缘的距离小于15mm，则限制件245距离第二重叠点OP2较远，限制件245的厚度需要增加才能够与钩状结构12抵接。若限制件245距离下壳组件21靠近第二重叠点OP2的边缘的距离大于20mm，则限制件245抵接钩状结构12的面积会减小，导致限制效果被削弱。
作为示例性地，结合图21及图22，充电盒20可以包括上壳组件24，以及连接上壳组件24与下壳组件21的转轴机构25，以使得充电盒20能够打开或者盖合。其中，转轴机构25可以包括与下壳组件21一体成型的下固定座251和与上壳组件24一体成型的上固定座252，以及转轴253；下固定座251 可以伸入上壳组件24内，进而通过转轴253与上固定座252枢接。进一步地，转轴机构25可以包括与下固定座251连接的补强件254，补强件254的结构强度大于下固定座251的结构强度；转轴253进一步穿设于补强件254，以对转轴机构25进行结构补强。其中，补强件254与下固定座251可以为一体成型结构件，例如通过金属嵌件注塑工艺一体成型；也可以为两个单独的结构件并通过胶水连接、螺钉连接、卡接等方式中的一种或其组合连接在一起。
进一步地，转轴机构25可以包括弹性件255，弹性件255的一端连接下壳组件21，例如与下固定座251连接，弹性件255的另一端连接上壳组件24，以便于维持充电盒20的打开状态或者盖合状态。其中，在充电盒20打开或者盖合的过程中，弹性件255随之发生弹性变形而提供一定的阻尼感，当然这个阻尼感也可以部分来源于转轴253与其相连结构发生转动时的摩擦阻力。
作为示例性地，结合图21，弹性件255可以设置成Z字型扭簧，其基本结构为本领域的技术人员所熟知，在此不再赘述。其中，下固定座251和上壳组件24中的一者可以设置有安装孔2411，另一者可以设置有安装槽2511。例如：安装孔2411设置在上壳本体241上，并在转轴253的延伸方向上位于两个上固定座252之间；安装槽2511设置在下固定座251上，并在转轴253的延伸方向上位于两个套筒部2542之间。如此，在安装弹性件255的过程中，弹性件255的一端先沿安装孔2411的轴向伸入安装孔2411内，弹性件255的另一端再沿垂直于安装槽2511的轴向的方向嵌入安装槽2511内，以减小弹性件255在安装过程中的形变量，有利于维持弹性件255的可靠性。进一步地，安装孔2411和安装槽2511可以分别沿各自的轴向设置成通孔结构。
作为示例性地，结合图21，上固定座252可以沿转轴253的延伸方向间隔设置两个，下固定座251可以位于两个上固定座252之间，并在转轴253的延伸方向上分别与两个上固定座252间隔设置，这样有利于支撑转轴253。其中，补强件254可以包括与下固定座251连接的连接部2541和沿转轴253的延伸方向间隔设置的两个套筒部2542，两个套筒部2542可以分别位于下固定座251与两个上固定座252之间的间隔区域内。相应地，转轴253穿设在下固定座251、两个套筒部2542和两个上固定座252内。
作为示例性地，结合图22，下壳组件21可以包括下壳本体213和设置在下壳本体213内侧的下壳内衬214，下固定座251与下壳本体213可以为一体成型的塑胶制件；补强件254可以为金属制件。其中，连接部2541可以位于下壳本体213与下壳内衬214之间，以使得补强件254至少在充电盒20处于盖合状态时不外露。相应地，仿形凹槽211和限位结构212等可以设置在下壳内衬214上，主控电路板221及其上的电极端子222、第一磁吸结构231和第二磁吸结构232等可以设置在下壳本体213与下壳内衬214之间。进一步地，上壳组件24可以包括上壳本体241和设置在上壳本体241内侧的上壳内衬242，上固定座252与上壳本体241可以为一体成型的塑胶制件。
通过上述方式，相较于相关技术中上壳组件24通过金属连接件与下壳组件21连接，也即上壳组件24与下壳组件21在拆掉金属连接件之后无法连接在一起，且金属连接件必须外露，本技术方案中上壳组件24与下壳组件21在拆掉补强件254之后依旧连接在一起，且补强件254可以不外露，有利于降低充电盒20的成本，以及外观一致性。
作为示例性地，结合图28-图31，充电盒20可以包括上壳组件24，以及连接上壳组件24与下壳组件21的转轴机构25，以使得充电盒20能够打开或者闭合。充电盒20进一步包括限位机构，限位机构用于限定充电盒20在打开状态下上壳组件24相对于下壳组件21转动的角度，换言之，限位机构能够在上壳组件24相对于下壳组件21转动至预设角度时限制二者的进一步相对转动。需要说明的是，上壳组件24相对于下壳组件21打开的角度可以是下壳组件21的下表面与上壳组件24的上表面之间的夹角(参阅图27中的α角)。通过设置限位机构，能够限制上壳组件24相对下壳组件21打开的角度，从而减少因上壳组件24转动过度而导致的充电盒20壳体结构损坏的风险，以及因为壳体抵接所造成的充电盒20表面磨损等问题。
在一些实施方式中，限位机构分别与上壳组件24和下壳组件21连接，从而限定上壳组件24相对下壳组件21打开的角度。例如限位机构可以包括两个连杆，两个连杆彼此铰接，并且分别与上壳组件24与下壳组件21铰接。上壳组件24相对下壳组件21转动至预设角度时，两个连杆处于一条直线上，从而限制上壳组件24相对下壳组件21的进一步转动。在充电盒20由打开状态转变为闭合状态时，两个连杆相对转动，并且与上壳组件24连接的部分和与下壳组件21连接的部分彼此靠近。换言之，两个连杆会对上壳组件24相对下壳组件21向打开状态的转动造成限制，而不会对二者向闭合状态转动造成限制。
在一些实施方式中，限位机构包括第一限位件271和第二限位件272，第二限位件272与上壳组件24连接，并可以跟随上壳组件24运动。第一限位件271与下壳组件21连接，并可以跟随下壳组件21运动。第一限位件271和第二限位件272在上壳组件24相对于下壳组件21转动至预设角度时彼此抵接，从而限制上壳组件24相对下壳组件21的进一步转动。可选地，预设角度的范围为90度-110度，若预 设角度小于90度，即上壳组件24与下壳组件21之间的夹角为锐角，上壳组件24在重力或者转轴机构25的弹性件的作用下会有重新闭合的趋势，不利于用户拿取和收纳耳机10。并且，预设角度小于90度会使用户在拿取和收纳耳机10时，与上壳组件24发生干涉，影响用户的使用体验。若预设角度大于110度，则上壳组件24相对下壳组件21打开的角度过大，会增加对转轴机构25和限位机构的强度要求。并且上壳组件24相对下壳组件21打开角度过大会使充电盒20在打开时的长度较长，充电盒20在打开时的长度是指上壳组件24距离转轴机构的最远端到下壳组件21距离转轴机构的最远端之间的距离。例如，在充电盒20掉落或者受到挤压的极限工况下，充电盒20在打开时的长度较长会导致上壳组件24和下壳组件21所受到的力矩较大，充电盒20损坏的风险会提高。
在一些实施方式中，上壳组件24靠近下壳组件21的边缘上设置有一开槽247，转轴机构25包括桥接于开槽247两端的转轴253，上壳组件24绕转轴253相对于下壳组件21转动。在一些实施方式中，上述的预设角度小于开槽247的槽沿与下壳组件21的外壁抵接时上壳组件24相对下壳组件21打开的角度。可以理解的是，开槽247能够便于上壳组件24相对下壳组件21的转动。开槽247的槽沿与下壳组件21的外壁抵接时，上壳组件24相对下壳组件21的转动也能够得到限制。但受限于上壳组件24和下壳组件21的材质和结构，槽沿抵接限位方式对充电盒20的壳体的结构强度要求较高，提高了工艺及材料的成本。通过增加限位机构，限制上壳组件24相对下壳组件21打开的角度能够增加限位强度，同时降低对充电盒的结构强度的要求，降低成本。
进一步地，开槽247的槽沿与下壳组件21的外壁抵接时，会对下壳组件21的外壁施加压力，导致下壳组件21的外壁易产生压痕，影响美观。并且，下壳组件21外壁产生压痕的抵接区域在受力的时候会出现应力集中现象，下壳组件21的强度会受到较大影响。为避免抵接区域的应力集中现象，可以通过设置预设角度小于开槽247的槽沿与下壳组件21的外壁抵接时上壳组件24相对于下壳组件21打开的角度，从而使上壳组件24相对于下壳组件21打开至预设角度时，进一步的转动会被限位机构限制，避免了开槽247的槽沿与下壳组件21外壁的抵接。例如，开槽247的槽沿与下壳组件21的外壁抵接时上壳组件24和下壳组件21可以打开的角度为120度，预设角度为110度，限位机构在上壳组件24相对于下壳组件21打开至110度时，对上壳组件24的进一步转动进行限制，从而避免开槽247的槽沿与下壳组件21的外壁的抵接。
在一些实施方式中，转轴机构25包括安装于下壳组件21的第一固定座256和安装于上壳组件24的第二固定座257，转轴253穿设于第一固定座256和第二固定座257。第一固定座256和第二固定座257的设置能够增加转轴机构25的强度。限位机构包括与第一固定座256连接的第一限位件271，以及与第二固定座257连接的第二限位件272，第一限位件271和第二限位件272在上壳组件24相对于下壳组件21转动至预设角度时彼此抵接，从而限制上壳组件24相对下壳组件21的进一步转动。
可选地，结合图28和图29，第一限位件271的延伸方向与第二限位件272的延伸方向互相垂直。如此设置，能够增加第一限位件271和第二限位件272抵接的成功率。在一些实施方式中，第一限位件271和第二限位件272中一者的延伸方向沿转轴253的轴线方向设置，另一者的延伸方向沿转轴253的径向设置。如此，能够使第一限位件271和第二限位件272的相对转动与上壳组件24与下壳组件21相对转轴253的转动匹配，从而使第一限位件271和第二限位件272能够限制上壳组件24和下壳组件21相对转轴253的转动。
在一些实施方式中，第一限位件271与第一固定座256为一体成型的金属件。或者第二限位件272与第二固定座257为一体成型的金属件。或者第一限位件271与第一固定座256为一体成型的金属件，并且第二限位件272与第二固定座257为一体成型的金属件。第一固定座256和第二固定座257设置成金属件能够使得二者在具有足够强度的前提下还具有较小的体积，从而减少对充电盒20空间的占用，有利于缩小充电盒20的体积。第一限位件271与第一固定座256一体成型或者第二限位件272与第二固定座257一体成型使得第一限位件271和第二限位件272在抵接受力时，其力矩通过第一固定座256或者第二固定座257传递至充电盒20，第一固定座256和第二固定座257与充电盒20的连接结构具有较高的连接强度。所以第一限位件271与第一固定座256一体成型或者第二限位件272与第二固定座257一体成型能够增加第一限位件271和第二限位件272抵接时的稳定性。
作为示例性的，结合图30-图32，第一限位件271和第二限位件272的其中一者设置有限位槽2721，第一限位件271和第二限位件272中的另一者在充电盒20打开时与限位槽2721配合，以限制上壳组件24相对下壳组件21的转动。在一些实施方式中，第二限位件272可以设置有限位槽2721，第一限位件271在上壳组件24相对于下壳组件21打开至第一角度后伸入限位槽2721，第一角度小于预设角度。上壳组件24相对于下壳组件21转动至预设角度时，第一限位件271和限位槽2721的槽壁抵接。第一限位件271与限位槽2721的抵接配合能够使得限位机构在受到其他方向的力时，限位槽2721的槽壁也能够对第一限位件271进行限位，增加限位机构限位的强度和可靠性。充电盒20从打开状态转动至闭合 状态时，第一限位件271能够脱出限位槽2721，从而减少充电盒20在闭合时受到限位机构的影响。在另一些实施方式中，第一限位件271可以设置有限位槽2721，第二限位件272在上壳组件24相对于下壳组件21打开至第一角度后伸入限位槽2721中。
进一步地，在充电盒20处于打开状态下，第一限位件271的延伸方向与第二限位件272的延伸方向之间的夹角为钝角。如此设置，能够使第二限位件272或第一限位件271在长度较短的情况下，也能够顺利地伸入和脱出限位槽2721。若第一限位件271的延伸方向与第二限位件272的延伸方向为直角和锐角，则限位槽2721需要较长的长度才能够保证第一限位件271或第二限位件272顺利脱出，增大了转轴机构25的整体体积，占用了更多的充电盒20的空间。
在一些实施方式中，下壳组件21、限位机构和转轴机构25的连接配合可以参见如下示例性描述，下壳组件21的内部设置有沿转轴253的轴向间隔的两个第一支撑部215以及位于两个第一支撑部215之间的第一加强部216，第一加强部216可以指加强筋结构或者厚度相较于充电盒20其他侧壁更厚的结构，第一加强部216能够增强充电盒20的结构强度，从而使充电盒20能够稳定地承载转轴机构25和限位机构。两个第一支撑部215上分别设置有第一嵌槽2151，第一固定座256包括第一板状主体2561，第一板状主体2561朝向下壳组件21的下边缘插入两个第一支撑部215的第一嵌槽2151中，第一板状主体2561与第一加强部216抵接。第一加强部216一方面能够提高下壳组件21本身的结构强度，另一方面能够通过第一固定座256与第一加强部216配合，增加转轴机构25与下壳组件21配合的强度，使转轴机构25能够方便地与下壳组件21装配。可选地，下壳组件21包括下壳本体213和下壳内衬214，第一支撑部215、第一加强部216以及第一固定座256设置于下壳本体213和下壳内衬214之间。
在一些实施例中，第一固定座256还包括两个第一延伸部2562，两个第一延伸部2562由第一板状主体2561朝向第一加强部216的方向延伸，第一加强部216位于两个第一延伸部2562之间，第一延伸部2562突出于第一板状主体2561的上边缘，并设置有供转轴253穿过的第一转轴孔。第一限位件271位于第一延伸部2562远离第一板状主体2561的一端。如此设置，能够增加第一固定座256与第一加强部216配合的稳定性，并且使第一限位件271与第一固定座256具有足够的结构强度，以增加充电盒20在打开状态时的稳定性。
在一些实施方式中，上壳组件24、限位机构和转轴机构25的连接配合可以参见如下示例性描述。上壳组件24的内部设置有沿转轴253的轴向间隔的两个第二支撑部243，两个第二支撑部243上设置有第二嵌槽2431，第二固定座257包括第二板状主体2571以及两个第二延伸部2572，第二板状主体2571朝向上壳组件的上边缘插入两个第二支撑部243的第二嵌槽2431内，第二延伸部2572与第二板状主体2571连接，并向开槽247的方向延伸，第二延伸部2572设置有供转轴253穿过的第二转轴孔，第一限位件271设置于第二延伸部2572上。如此设置，能够增加转轴机构25与上壳组件24配合的强度，并且转轴机构25能够方便地与上壳组件24装配。
进一步地，上壳组件24的内部设置有位于开槽247两端的第二加强部246，第二延伸部2572包括位于两个第二加强部246之间第一子延伸部2572a以及与第一子延伸部2572a连接并沿转轴253的轴向延伸的第二子延伸部2572b，第二子延伸部2572b进一步与第二加强部246连接。例如，第二子延伸部2572b可以通过螺钉或铆钉等固定件的方式与第二加强部246配合，从而增加第一固定座256与上壳组件24配合的强度和稳定性。
作为示例性地，结合图22，充电盒20可以包括设置在下壳组件21内的导磁件261，以及设置在上壳组件24内的永磁体262。例如：导磁件261固定在下壳内衬214背离上壳组件24的内侧，永磁体262固定在上壳内衬242背离下壳组件21的内侧，这样有利于缩小导磁件261和永磁体262在充电盒20盖合后的间距。其中，主控电路板221上设置有霍尔传感器223，也即霍尔传感器223直接固定在主控电路板221上，且霍尔传感器223与导磁件261相邻设置。如此，充电盒20在打开状态与盖合状态之间切换的过程中，永磁体262对导磁件261进行不同程度的磁化，霍尔传感器223感应导磁件261的磁场，以检测前述打开状态或者前述盖合状态。换言之，在前述盖合状态下，导磁件261使得永磁体262产生的磁场更多地向霍尔传感器223汇集，这样有利于增加霍尔传感器223检测的可靠性，以及降低永磁体262的体积。
通过上述方式，相较于相关技术中霍尔传感器223固定在下壳内衬214的内侧并通过导线与主控电路板221，本技术方案将霍尔传感器223直接固定在主控电路板221上，有利于简化充电盒20的走线。
作为示例性地，结合图22及图23，每一仿形凹槽211和导磁件261在主控电路板221上的正投影可以错开，以允许导磁件261在充电盒20盖合后尽可能地靠近永磁体262。例如：在充电盒20的正上方观察，导磁件261位于两个仿形凹槽211的外围的第一位置(例如图23中虚线框P1所示)、第二位置(例如图23中虚线框P2所示)和第三位置(例如图23中虚线框P3所示)中的任意一个。
作为示例性地，结合图23，在充电盒20的正上方观察，两个仿形凹槽211可以关于一对称轴(例 如图23中点划线SA所示)呈镜像对称，以允许两个耳机10规整地放置容纳在充电盒20内。其中，导磁件261可以位于对称轴SA上，且远离转轴机构25。如此，有利于增大霍尔传感器223分别在上述打开状态和上述盖合状态下感应到导磁件261的磁场的差异量，从而增加霍尔传感器223检测的可靠性。值得注意的是：对称轴SA可以与线段OP1OP2平行，对称轴SA也可以与线段OP1OP2重合。
作为示例性地，结合图22，导磁件261和霍尔传感器223在主控电路板221上的正投影可以至少部分重叠，有利于减小导磁件261与霍尔传感器223之间的磁间隙，从而使得永磁体262产生的磁场更多地向霍尔传感器223汇集，尤其是在上述盖合状态下。其中，霍尔传感器223可以设置在主控电路板221朝向导磁件261的一侧，以减小导磁件261和霍尔传感器223之间的磁间隙；霍尔传感器223与导磁件261可以在主控电路板221的法线方向上间隔设置，以降低导磁件261与霍尔传感器223碰撞的风险，尤其是在充电盒20发生跌落等极限工况下。
作为示例性地，结合图22，在上述盖合状态下，永磁体262和导磁件261在主控电路板221上的正投影可以至少部分重叠，有利于减小永磁体262与导磁件261之间的磁间隙，从而使得永磁体262产生的磁场更多地向霍尔传感器223汇集，尤其是在上述盖合状态下。
作为示例性的，结合图33(图33是充电盒20闭合时的剖面结构示意图)，充电盒20可以包括下壳组件21、上壳组件24、设置在下壳组件21内的主控电路板221和磁吸结构，以及设置在上壳组件24内的上壳磁体。其中上壳磁体可以是上述的永磁体262，下壳组件21内可以设置霍尔传感器223，霍尔传感器223可以与主控电路板221电连接。磁吸结构用于以磁吸方式维持耳机10在充电盒20内的放置状态。在此基础上，在上壳组件24的闭合过程中，霍尔传感器223能够通过检测上壳磁体的靠近，进一步检测到上壳组件24的闭合，以实现充电盒20的闭合检测。其中，霍尔传感器223的类型可以是S极触发的单极性霍尔开关，也可以是N极触发的单极性霍尔开关，在此不做具体限定。后文本申请以霍尔传感器223是S极触发的类型为例进行说明。在霍尔传感器223的类型是N极触发的类型时，原理相同，不再赘述。可以理解的是，本领域技术人员能够根据后文介绍的霍尔传感器223是S极触发的类型时的相关原理，在霍尔传感器223的类型是N极触发的类型时，通过调整相关的磁极特征，从而起到相同或相似的技术效果，所以霍尔传感器223的类型是N极触发的类型时的技术方案也包括在本申请的保护范围内。
需要说明的是，霍尔传感器223具有两种输出状态，分别可以输出高电平和低电平。霍尔传感器223具有感应面，磁场在霍尔传感器223处垂直于霍尔传感器223的感应面的，且朝向感应面正方向上的分量会对霍尔传感器223的载流子产生作用，使载流子发生偏转，从而改变霍尔传感器223的输出状态，具体原理至少可以参考现有技术，不再赘述。以霍尔传感器223是S极触发的类型为例，磁铁S极逐渐靠近霍尔传感器223的过程中，磁铁所产生的磁场在霍尔传感器223处垂直于霍尔传感器223的感应面正方向上的分量逐渐增加，增加至超过某一阈值时(例如磁场强度为2mT或者3mT时)，霍尔传感器223由高电平转变为低电平。
相关技术中，充电盒20内还包括与耳机10配合磁吸结构或者对充电盒20闭合起到辅助作用的辅助磁铁。除上壳磁铁靠近时的磁场会作用于霍尔传感器以外，充电盒20内磁吸结构和辅助磁铁等部件的磁场也会对霍尔传感器带来一定的影响。示例性的，设置在下壳组件21内的磁吸结构会影响霍尔传感器，但由于其体积相对较小，对霍尔传感器223的影响可以忽略。换言之，磁吸结构作用于霍尔传感器223的磁场强度无法达到改变霍尔传感器223输出状态的阈值(也即磁吸结构的存在与否不会改变霍尔传感器223的输出状态)。如此，霍尔传感器223状态发生变化的原因主要是由于上壳磁铁的靠近。以霍尔传感器223是S极触发的类型为例，在磁吸结构体积较小情况下，霍尔传感器223的输出状态不会因磁吸结构的磁场改变。上壳组件24在闭合时，上壳磁铁的S极靠近霍尔传感器223，霍尔传感器223受到上壳磁铁的磁场作用，磁场强度达到改变输出状态的阈值，其输出状态改变。例如霍尔传感器223的输出状态改变可以是从高电平转变为低电平，主控电路板中的电路可以设计为检测到霍尔传感器223输出低电平时判断充电盒20闭合。
在一些实施例中，由于体积较小的磁吸结构对耳机10所产生的吸力较弱，不利于耳机10在充电盒20内的放置，需要通过增大磁吸结构的体积来增强对耳机10的吸力，从而提高耳机10放置的稳定性。例如，第一磁吸结构可以采用直径在8-15mm，厚度在2-4mm的磁铁。但磁吸结构的体积增大之后，会导致磁吸结构产生的磁场对霍尔传感器223的影响无法忽略，即磁吸结构在霍尔传感器223处的磁场强度已经达到霍尔传感器223改变输出状态的阈值，导致磁吸结构的磁场在充电盒20未闭合时能够将霍尔传感器223的输出状态改变。例如在上述上壳磁铁设置为S极朝下的情况下，若磁吸结构的磁场在垂直于霍尔传感器223的感应面的分量朝向感应面的正方向，且超过霍尔传感器223的改变输出状态的阈值，则在上壳磁铁接近霍尔传感器223时，由于上壳磁铁和磁吸结构在霍尔传感器223处的垂直于感应面的分量的方向相同，这样会增强霍尔传感器223处的磁场，但无法改变霍尔传感器223的输出状态， 导致开闭盒检测失效。为了改善上述技术问题，本申请可以提供以下实施例。
在一些实施例中，可以将磁吸结构、上壳磁铁和霍尔传感器223三者的配合关系设置为当上壳组件24相对于下壳组件21处于打开状态时，霍尔传感器223在磁吸结构的磁场作用下处于第一状态，当上壳组件24相对于下壳组件21处于闭合状态时，上壳磁体抵消磁吸结构对霍尔传感器223的磁场作用，而使得霍尔传感器223切换成不同于第一状态的第二状态。其中，第一状态是指霍尔传感器223输出高电平或霍尔传感器223输出低电平的其中一种状态，第二状态是指霍尔传感器223输出高电平或霍尔传感器223输出低电平中的不同于第一状态的另一种状态。换言之，通过设置磁吸结构、上壳磁铁和霍尔传感器223的配合关系，能够使充电盒20闭合时，霍尔传感器223能够在上壳磁铁的作用下改变输出状态。
同样以S极触发的单极性霍尔开关为例，对上述实施例做出示例性说明。磁吸结构在霍尔传感器223处的磁场达到霍尔传感器223的改变输出状态的阈值(相较于霍尔传感器223完全不受磁场干扰时的状态，也即磁吸结构的存在与否会影响到霍尔传感器223的输出状态)，例如磁场大于3mT，霍尔传感器223处于第一状态，输出低电平。在这种情况下，为保证闭合检测的有效性，上壳组件24闭合时，上壳磁铁靠近霍尔传感器223，需要改变霍尔传感器223处的磁场，使霍尔传感器223处于第二状态，也即输出高电平。如此，通过设置主控电路板中的电路为检测到霍尔传感器223输出高电平时判断充电盒20闭合，就能够实现有效的闭合检测。具体地，当上壳组件24相对于下壳组件21处于闭合状态时，磁吸结构朝向上壳组件24的磁极与上壳磁体朝向下壳组件21的磁极的极性相反。例如，磁吸结构的S极朝向上壳组件24，磁吸结构与霍尔传感器223的连线与霍尔传感器223的感应面的夹角小于45度，则磁吸结构在霍尔传感器223处垂直于霍尔传感器223感应面的分量朝向感应面的正方向上，能够将霍尔传感器223触发至第一状态，也即低电平。上壳磁铁的N极在充电盒20闭合时朝向下壳组件21设置，如此设置，在充电盒20闭合时，上壳磁铁在霍尔传感器223处垂直于感应面的分量处于感应面的负方向上。换言之，充电盒20闭合时，上壳磁铁和磁吸结构在霍尔传感器223处的磁场会相互抵消，从而使得磁吸结构和上壳磁铁在霍尔传感器223处的复合磁场垂直于感应面的分量小于霍尔传感器223的触发阈值，甚至该复合磁场垂直于感应面的分量朝向感应面的负方向，从而将霍尔传感器223触发至第二状态，也即高电平的状态。主控电路板221能够通过检测霍尔传感器223的输出状态，从而检测到充电盒20是否闭合，通过上述方式，能够使霍尔传感器223在受到磁吸结构干扰的情况下，充电盒20也能够顺利实现闭盒检测。
在一些实施方式中，可以通过调节上壳磁铁在霍尔传感器223处的磁场分布，以与磁吸结构在霍尔传感器223处的磁场分布配合，使得上壳磁铁靠近霍尔传感器223时，能够将作用于霍尔传感器223的总磁场的方向改变。上壳磁铁在霍尔传感器223处磁场分布的不同可以通过上壳磁铁的物理参数不同来体现。
在一些实施方式中，上壳磁铁的直径范围可以为4-6mm，上壳磁铁的厚度可以为1-8mm。示例性地，参考图34(图34是不同厚度上盖磁铁在霍尔传感器223处磁场的仿真结果示意图)，图34(a)是在未放置耳机10时，充电盒20分别在打开状态和闭合状态下在霍尔传感器223处磁场的仿真结果示意图。图34(b)是在放置耳机10时，充电盒20分别在打开状态和闭合状态下在霍尔传感器223处磁场的仿真结果示意图。图34中数值的正、负分别代表霍尔传感器附近总磁场相对感应面的正、负方向。例如在磁吸结构采用直径为10mm、厚度为2.5mm的永磁体，且充电盒20内没有放置耳机10的情况下，磁吸结构会在霍尔传感器223处产生一个方向朝向霍尔传感器223感应面正方向且磁场强度为6.5mT的磁场，此时霍尔传感器223受磁吸结构磁场的影响处于低电平状态。而在上壳组件24闭合后，上壳磁铁会将霍尔传感器223处磁吸结构产生的磁场抵消，并翻转此处的磁场，使霍尔传感器223处的磁场方向朝向感应面的负方向，磁场强度变为5.1mT，此时霍尔传感器223处于高电平状态。上盖磁铁尺寸不同时，其对霍尔传感器223的影响也不同，例如在上壳磁铁的直径为5mm时，随着上壳磁铁厚度的增加，霍尔传感器223处翻转后的磁场强度也逐渐增加。
在一些实施方式中，耳机10上还设置有与磁吸结构配合的第一磁吸件，第一磁吸件设置成在耳机10容纳于充电盒20内且上壳组件24处于打开状态时，霍尔传感器223处于第一状态，第一磁吸件设置成在耳机10容纳于充电盒20内且上壳组件24处于关闭状态时，霍尔传感器223处于第二状态。耳机10在放入充电盒20时，耳机10中设置的第一磁吸件也会对霍尔传感器223处的磁场产生区别于磁吸结构的影响，第一磁吸件在霍尔传感器223处垂直于感应面的分量可能朝向感应面的正方向，也可能朝向感应面的负方向。但第一磁吸件设为仅会对霍尔传感器223处垂直于感应面的磁场的大小产生影响，不会对该处总磁场的方向产生影响。换言之，耳机10的放入不会对霍尔传感器223的输出状态产生影响。例如图34(b)中是在充电盒20有耳机10的情况下的仿真结果示意图。示意图在磁吸结构采用直径10mm，厚度2.5mm的永磁体，且上壳磁铁采用直径5mm，厚度2mm的永磁体的情况下做出的。在 充电盒20有耳机10时，霍尔传感器223处的磁场是磁场方向朝向感应面正方向且磁场强度为7.1mT的磁场，此时霍尔传感器223输出低电平。上壳组件24闭合后，上壳磁铁将霍尔传感器223处的磁场翻转为磁场方向朝向感应面的负方向且磁场强度为4.5mT的磁场，此时霍尔传感器223输出高电平。
在一些实施方式中，耳机10还包括独立于第一磁吸件的第二磁吸件，磁吸结构包括与第二磁吸件磁吸配合的第二磁吸结构。第一磁吸结构231与耳机10内的第一磁吸件可以形成第一磁吸匹配对，第二磁吸结构232与耳机10内的第二磁吸件可以形成第二磁吸匹配对，前述第一磁吸匹配对和前述第二磁吸匹配对使得电极端子222与电极端子151一一对应接触。如此，由于电极端子222和电极端子151配对后位于第一磁吸匹配对与第二磁吸匹配对之间，使得耳机10与充电盒20的接触更加良好。第二磁吸件和第二磁吸结构的体积小于第一磁吸件和第一磁吸结构231，霍尔传感器223到第一磁吸结构231的距离小于霍尔传感器223到第二磁吸结构的距离。如此设置，能够减少第二磁吸结构对霍尔传感器223处磁场的影响，减少对霍尔传感器223输出状态的干扰。
在一些实施方式中，下壳组件21内还设置有导磁件261，导磁件261能够改变上壳磁铁的磁场分布，从而能够将上壳磁铁的磁场进行汇集，以增大上壳磁铁对霍尔传感器223的影响。上壳组件24闭合时，随着上壳磁体逐渐接近导磁件261，上壳磁体的磁场会磁化导磁件261，导磁件261能够影响到霍尔传感器223处的磁场分布。进一步通过导磁件261产生的磁场来抵消磁吸结构对霍尔传感器223的磁场作用，而使得霍尔传感器223切换成不同于第一状态的第二状态。充电盒20在打开状态与闭合状态之间切换的过程中，上壳磁铁对导磁件261会进行不同程度的磁化，霍尔传感器223感应导磁件261的磁场，以检测前述打开状态或者前述闭合状态。换言之，在前述闭合状态下，导磁件261使得上壳磁铁产生的磁场更多地向霍尔传感器223汇集，这样有利于增加霍尔传感器223检测的可靠性，以及降低上壳磁铁的体积。通过上述方式，相较于相关技术中霍尔传感器223固定在下壳内衬214的内侧并通过导线与主控电路板221，本技术方案能够将霍尔传感器223直接固定在主控电路板221上，有利于简化充电盒20的走线。
在一些实施方式中，可以设置霍尔传感器223到导磁件261的距离小于霍尔传感器223到磁吸结构的距离，从而使得导磁件261汇集的磁场能够更加靠近霍尔传感器223的同时，导磁件261可以汇集磁吸结构的磁场有限，以强化导磁件261汇集的磁场对霍尔传感器223的作用，同时降低磁吸结构的磁场影响，利于霍尔传感器223处磁场的翻转。
在一些实施方式中，在充电盒20的厚度方向上，当上壳组件24处于闭合状态时，可以设置上壳磁铁和导磁件261在厚度方向上的正投影至少部分重叠，如此可以调节上壳磁体与导磁件261在第一参考方向或第二参考方向上的距离，通过缩短上壳磁体与导磁件261在第一参考方向或第二参考方向上的距离有利于减小上壳磁体与导磁件261之间的磁间隙，从而使得永磁体262产生的磁场更多地向霍尔传感器223汇集，尤其是在上述闭合状态下，使上壳磁铁在体积较小的情况下也能够在霍尔传感器223处产生足够强度的磁场。可选的，当上壳组件24处于闭合状态时，可以设置上壳磁铁和导磁件261在厚度方向上的正投影的形心重合。
在一些实施方式中，当上壳组件24处于闭合状态时，可以通过设置导磁件261和上壳磁铁在充电盒20的内安装的相对位置，从而调节上壳磁铁与导磁件261在厚度方向上的距离。通过缩短上壳磁铁与导磁件261在厚度方向上的距离有利于减小上壳磁体与导磁件261之间的磁间隙，以增强导磁件261对上壳磁铁的磁场的汇集能力，从而使得永磁体262产生的磁场更多地向霍尔传感器223汇集。如此设置，在充电盒20闭合时，能够在保证上壳磁铁能够改变霍尔传感器223的输出状态的前提下，上壳磁铁能够具有较小的体积，进而使充电盒20的体积能够缩小。可选的，当上壳组件24处于闭合状态时，可以设置导磁件261与上壳磁体彼此靠近的表面之间的距离小于或等于5mm。如此设置，能够使上壳磁铁与导磁件之间具有一定的间隙，从而上壳组件的侧壁和下壳组件的侧壁(也即前述的上壳内衬242和下壳内衬214)能将上壳磁铁和导磁件261间隔且覆盖，使二者可以不用裸露于上壳组件24和下壳组件21之间，不需在上壳内衬242和下壳内衬214额外开孔，有利于充电盒20结构强度的增加，也能使充电盒20更加美观。在其他实施方式中，当上壳组件24处于闭合状态时，可以设置导磁件261远离霍尔传感器223的一端与上壳磁铁的底面直接抵接，从而增加上壳磁铁对导磁件261的磁化，使上壳磁铁的磁场能够更多地汇集至霍尔传感器223。
在充电盒20的厚度方向上，下壳组件21设置有分别用于容纳耳机10的仿形凹槽211，仿形凹槽211在主控电路板221的正投影与霍尔传感器223和上壳磁铁在主控电路板221上的正投影错开。如此设置，使得霍尔传感器223能够设置在仿形凹槽211外，使得霍尔传感器223能够更加靠近上壳磁铁，有利于上壳磁铁改变霍尔传感器223的输出状态。
可选地，下壳组件21内还设置有辅助磁铁，辅助磁铁可以例如是辅助上壳组件24和下壳组件21磁吸配合的磁铁，或者是辅助耳机10与仿形凹槽211配合的磁铁等。辅助磁铁设置成在上壳组件24 处于打开状态时，霍尔传感器223处于第一状态，辅助磁铁设置成在上壳组件24处于闭合状态时，霍尔传感器223处于第二状态。换言之，辅助磁铁不会对霍尔传感器223的输出状态产生区别于磁吸结构的影响。
以上仅为本申请的部分实施例，并非因此限制本申请的保护范围，凡是利用本申请说明书及附图内容所作的等效装置或等效流程变换，或直接或间接运用在其他相关的技术领域，均同理包括在本申请的专利保护范围内。

Claims (14)

  1. 一种充电盒，其特征在于，所述充电盒包括下壳组件、上壳组件，以及连接所述上壳组件与所述下壳组件的转轴机构，以使得所述充电盒能够打开或者闭合；所述充电盒进一步包括限位机构，所述限位机构用于限定所述上壳组件相对于所述下壳组件转动的角度。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的充电盒，其特征在于，所述限位机构包括第一限位件和第二限位件，第一限位件和第二限位件在所述上壳组件相对于所述下壳组件转动至预设角度时彼此抵接。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的充电盒，其特征在于，所述预设角度的范围为90°-110°。
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的充电盒，其特征在于，所述上壳组件靠近下壳组件的边缘上设置有一开槽，所述转轴机构包括桥接于所述开槽两端的转轴，所述上壳组件绕所述转轴相对于所述下壳组件转动，所述预设角度小于所述开槽的槽沿与所述下壳组件的外壁抵接时的角度。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的充电盒，其特征在于，所述转轴机构包括安装于所述下壳组件的第一固定座和安装于所述上壳组件的第二固定座，所述转轴穿设于所述第二固定座和所述第一固定座，所述第一限位件与所述第一固定座连接，所述第二限位件与所述第二固定座连接。
  6. 根据权利要求2-4中任一项所述的充电盒，其特征在于，所述转轴机构包括安装于所述下壳组件的第一固定座和安装于所述上壳组件的第二固定座，所述第一限位件与所述第一固定座为一体成型的金属件，和/或，所述第二限位件与所述第二固定座为一体成型的金属件。
  7. 根据权利要求2-6中任一项所述的充电盒，其特征在于，所述第一限位件的延伸方向与所述第二限位件的延伸方向垂直。
  8. 根据权利要求4或5所述的充电盒，其特征在于，所述第一限位件和所述第二限位件中一者的延伸方向沿所述转轴的轴线方向设置，另一者的延伸方向沿所述转轴的径向设置。
  9. 根据权利要求2-6中任一项所述的充电盒，其特征在于，所述第一限位件和所述第二限位件中的一者设置有限位槽，所述第一限位件和所述第二限位件中的另一者在所述上壳组件相对于所述下壳组件打开至第一角度后伸入所述限位槽，所述第一限位件或所述第二限位件在所述上壳组件相对于所述下壳组件转动所述预设角度时与所述限位槽的槽壁抵接，所述第一角度小于所述预设角度。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的充电盒，其特征在于，所述充电盒打开时，所述第一限位件的延伸方向与所述第二限位件的延伸方向之间的夹角为钝角。
  11. 根据权利要求5所述的充电盒，其特征在于，所述下壳组件的内部设置有沿所述转轴的轴向间隔的两个第一支撑部以及位于两个所述第一支撑部之间的第一加强部，所述两个支撑部上设置有第一嵌槽，所述第一固定座包括第一板状主体，所述第一板状主体朝向下壳组件的下边缘插入所述两个第一支撑部的第一嵌槽内，所述第一板状主体与所述第一加强部抵接。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的充电盒，其特征在于，所述第一板状主体包括两个第一延伸部，所述第一加强部位于两个所述第一延伸部之间，所述第一延伸部的部分突出于所述第一板状主体背离下壳组件的上边缘，并设置有供所述转轴穿过的第一转轴孔；所述第一限位件位于所述第一延伸部远离所述第一板状主体的一端。
  13. 根据权利要求5所述的充电盒，其特征在于，所述上壳组件的内部设置有沿所述转轴的轴向间隔的两个第二支撑部，所述两个第二支撑部上设置有第二嵌槽，所述第二固定座包括第二板状主体以及两个第二延伸部，所述第二板状主体朝向上壳组件的上边缘插入所述两个第二支撑部的第二嵌槽内，所述第二延伸部与所述第二板状主体连接，并朝向所述开槽延伸，所述第二延伸部设置有供所述转轴穿过的第二转轴孔，所述第二限位件设置于所述第二延伸部上。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的充电盒，其特征在于，所述上壳组件的内部设置有位于所述开槽两端的第二加强部，所述第二延伸部包括包括与第二加强部连接的第一子延伸部。
PCT/CN2023/083737 2022-12-01 2023-03-24 一种充电盒 WO2024113553A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211539251.8 2022-12-01
CN202211539251 2022-12-01

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024113553A1 true WO2024113553A1 (zh) 2024-06-06

Family

ID=88813751

Family Applications (6)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/073747 WO2024113478A1 (zh) 2022-12-01 2023-01-29 一种耳机的充电盒
PCT/CN2023/083754 WO2024113556A1 (zh) 2022-12-01 2023-03-24 一种耳机的充电盒
PCT/CN2023/083744 WO2024113554A1 (zh) 2022-12-01 2023-03-24 一种耳机的充电盒
PCT/CN2023/083746 WO2024113555A1 (zh) 2022-12-01 2023-03-24 一种耳机的充电盒
PCT/CN2023/083731 WO2024113552A1 (zh) 2022-12-01 2023-03-24 一种耳机的充电盒
PCT/CN2023/083737 WO2024113553A1 (zh) 2022-12-01 2023-03-24 一种充电盒

Family Applications Before (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/073747 WO2024113478A1 (zh) 2022-12-01 2023-01-29 一种耳机的充电盒
PCT/CN2023/083754 WO2024113556A1 (zh) 2022-12-01 2023-03-24 一种耳机的充电盒
PCT/CN2023/083744 WO2024113554A1 (zh) 2022-12-01 2023-03-24 一种耳机的充电盒
PCT/CN2023/083746 WO2024113555A1 (zh) 2022-12-01 2023-03-24 一种耳机的充电盒
PCT/CN2023/083731 WO2024113552A1 (zh) 2022-12-01 2023-03-24 一种耳机的充电盒

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (14) CN118138936A (zh)
WO (6) WO2024113478A1 (zh)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016149942A1 (zh) * 2015-03-26 2016-09-29 惠州市吉瑞科技有限公司 一种电子烟盒
CN211352413U (zh) * 2020-01-15 2020-08-25 深圳市捷声科技有限公司 一种无线耳机充电盒
CN213485116U (zh) * 2020-06-16 2021-06-18 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 一种用于耳机充电盒的双稳态铰链及耳机充电盒
CN213638166U (zh) * 2020-12-14 2021-07-06 浦北瀛通智能电子有限公司 一种合页及耳机充电盒
US20230092360A1 (en) * 2020-06-16 2023-03-23 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Bistable Hinge for Earphone Charging Case and Earphone Charging Case

Family Cites Families (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0984169A (ja) * 1995-09-11 1997-03-28 Arata Higuchi ホルダ付イヤホン並びにイヤホンホルダ
WO2019233270A1 (zh) * 2018-06-05 2019-12-12 歌尔股份有限公司 耳机盒及耳机盒控制方法
EP3912008B1 (en) * 2019-01-17 2023-04-05 Google LLC Magnetic sensing device for lid
CN210629801U (zh) * 2019-10-09 2020-05-26 东莞市建元科技有限公司 充电仓及带充电仓的耳机
US11601747B2 (en) * 2020-04-24 2023-03-07 Google Llc Magnet system for wireless earbuds and case
CN115516871A (zh) * 2020-04-30 2022-12-23 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机
CN113595161A (zh) * 2020-04-30 2021-11-02 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 充电设备、电子设备及充电设备的控制方法
CN212231708U (zh) * 2020-06-02 2020-12-25 深圳市维尔晶科技有限公司 一种分体式无线耳机
CN214154799U (zh) * 2020-12-29 2021-09-07 张佩玲 一种无线耳机组件
CN112911445B (zh) * 2021-02-01 2023-07-14 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种耳机充电盒及耳机装置
CN215499480U (zh) * 2021-04-17 2022-01-11 深圳市皇迈科技有限公司 一种无线耳机的充电盒和适配该充电盒的无线耳机
CN215734753U (zh) * 2021-05-21 2022-02-01 通力科技股份有限公司 耳机充电盒和耳机套件
CN216357219U (zh) * 2021-10-15 2022-04-19 万魔声学股份有限公司 一种耳机盒及具有该耳机盒的耳机套件
CN216700282U (zh) * 2022-01-20 2022-06-07 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 一种充电盒
CN216852306U (zh) * 2022-02-25 2022-06-28 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种充电盒
CN217643651U (zh) * 2022-02-25 2022-10-21 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种耳机组件
CN114615585A (zh) * 2022-03-25 2022-06-10 歌尔股份有限公司 一种无线耳机及耳机盒、控制方法、装置以及介质
CN115175078A (zh) * 2022-05-19 2022-10-11 深圳沃迪声科技股份有限公司 耳机检测装置、方法及存储介质
CN115395607A (zh) * 2022-08-25 2022-11-25 维沃移动通信有限公司 充电盒和耳机组件
CN115103263A (zh) * 2022-08-25 2022-09-23 龙旗电子(惠州)有限公司 一种耳机充电盒
CN217935926U (zh) * 2022-09-06 2022-11-29 东莞市瑞禾电子科技有限公司 一种二合一tws耳机载体结构

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016149942A1 (zh) * 2015-03-26 2016-09-29 惠州市吉瑞科技有限公司 一种电子烟盒
CN211352413U (zh) * 2020-01-15 2020-08-25 深圳市捷声科技有限公司 一种无线耳机充电盒
CN213485116U (zh) * 2020-06-16 2021-06-18 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 一种用于耳机充电盒的双稳态铰链及耳机充电盒
US20230092360A1 (en) * 2020-06-16 2023-03-23 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Bistable Hinge for Earphone Charging Case and Earphone Charging Case
CN213638166U (zh) * 2020-12-14 2021-07-06 浦北瀛通智能电子有限公司 一种合页及耳机充电盒

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN220087453U (zh) 2023-11-24
WO2024113552A1 (zh) 2024-06-06
CN118138940A (zh) 2024-06-04
CN220359314U (zh) 2024-01-16
WO2024113554A1 (zh) 2024-06-06
CN220545120U (zh) 2024-02-27
CN118138943A (zh) 2024-06-04
WO2024113555A1 (zh) 2024-06-06
WO2024113556A1 (zh) 2024-06-06
CN118138937A (zh) 2024-06-04
CN220234901U (zh) 2023-12-22
CN118138944A (zh) 2024-06-04
WO2024113478A1 (zh) 2024-06-06
CN220087456U (zh) 2023-11-24
CN118138936A (zh) 2024-06-04
CN118138945A (zh) 2024-06-04
CN118138946A (zh) 2024-06-04
CN220123036U (zh) 2023-12-01
CN220359312U (zh) 2024-01-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022022618A1 (zh) 一种耳机
WO2024113553A1 (zh) 一种充电盒
WO2024113330A1 (zh) 壳体组件及电子设备
WO2024113331A1 (zh) 一种耳机
WO2024113332A1 (zh) 机芯模组及耳机
WO2024045391A1 (zh) 一种耳机
WO2024113550A1 (zh) 一种耳机
CN219087277U (zh) 一种耳机
CN219087278U (zh) 壳体组件、机芯模组及电子设备
CN219087276U (zh) 机芯模组及耳机
CN219087251U (zh) 壳体组件及电子设备
KR20240090644A (ko) 이어폰의 충전케이스
CN220234899U (zh) 一种耳机
CN220359313U (zh) 一种耳机
CN220087454U (zh) 机芯模组和耳机
CN220359311U (zh) 一种耳机
CN118138934A (zh) 一种耳机
CN118138935A (zh) 机芯模组及耳机
CN118138928A (zh) 壳体组件及电子设备